2 // Automatically generated from "/usr/share/gir-1.0/Mx-2.0.gir"
5 public import gtk2
.atk
;
7 public import gtk2
.clutter
;
8 alias gtk2
.clutter Clutter
;
9 public import gtk2
.cogl
;
11 public import gtk2
.coglpango
;
12 alias gtk2
.coglpango CoglPango
;
13 public import gtk2
.gl
;
15 public import gtk2
.glib2
;
16 alias gtk2
.glib2 GLib2
;
17 public import gtk2
.gobject2
;
18 alias gtk2
.gobject2 GObject2
;
19 public import gtk2
.gio2
;
21 public import gtk2
.json
;
23 public import gtk2
.pango
;
24 alias gtk2
.pango Pango
;
25 public import gtk2
.pangocairo
;
26 alias gtk2
.pangocairo PangoCairo
;
27 public import gtk2
.pangoft2
;
28 alias gtk2
.pangoft2 PangoFT2
;
29 public import gtk2
.cairo
;
30 alias gtk2
.cairo cairo
;
31 public import gtk2
.fontconfig2
;
32 alias gtk2
.fontconfig2 fontconfig2
;
33 public import gtk2
.freetype2
;
34 alias gtk2
.freetype2 freetype2
;
37 // C header: "mx/mx.h";
39 // c:symbol-prefixes: ["mx"]
40 // c:identifier-prefixes: ["Mx"]
44 // --- mixin/Mx2__MODULE_HEAD.d --->
48 alias void* MxSettingsProperty
;
50 // <--- mixin/Mx2__MODULE_HEAD.d ---
53 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
54 // through the public API.
55 struct Action
/* : GObject.InitiallyUnowned */ {
56 mixin Gio2
.Action
.__interface__
;
59 alias parent initiallyunowned
;
60 GObject2
.InitiallyUnowned parent
;
61 private ActionPrivate
* priv
;
64 // Creates a new, blank, #MxAction
65 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxAction
66 static Action
* /*new*/ new_()() nothrow {
67 return mx_action_new();
69 static auto opCall()() {
70 return mx_action_new();
73 // Creates a new #MxAction with the name and callback set
74 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxAction
75 // <name>: name of the action
76 // <display_name>: name of the action to display to the user
77 // <activated_cb>: callback to connect to the activated signal
78 // <user_data>: user data to be passed to the callback
79 static Action
* /*new*/ new_full(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
, AT1
/*char*/ display_name
, ActionCallbackFunc activated_cb
, AT2
/*void*/ user_data
) nothrow {
80 return mx_action_new_full(toCString
!(char*)(name
), toCString
!(char*)(display_name
), activated_cb
, UpCast
!(void*)(user_data
));
82 static auto opCall(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
, AT1
/*char*/ display_name
, ActionCallbackFunc activated_cb
, AT2
/*void*/ user_data
) {
83 return mx_action_new_full(toCString
!(char*)(name
), toCString
!(char*)(display_name
), activated_cb
, UpCast
!(void*)(user_data
));
87 // Creates a new stateful action.
89 // @state is the initial state of the action. All future state values
90 // must have the same #GVariantType as the initial state.
91 // RETURNS: a new #MxAction
92 // <name>: the name of the action
93 // <parameter_type>: the type of the parameter to the activate function
94 // <state>: the initial state of the action
95 static Action
* new_stateful(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
, AT1
/*GLib2.VariantType*/ parameter_type
, AT2
/*GLib2.Variant*/ state
) nothrow {
96 return mx_action_new_stateful(toCString
!(char*)(name
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.VariantType
*)(parameter_type
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.Variant
*)(state
));
98 static auto opCall(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
, AT1
/*GLib2.VariantType*/ parameter_type
, AT2
/*GLib2.Variant*/ state
) {
99 return mx_action_new_stateful(toCString
!(char*)(name
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.VariantType
*)(parameter_type
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.Variant
*)(state
));
103 // Creates a new action with a parameter.
105 // The created action is stateless. See mx_action_new_stateful().
106 // RETURNS: a new #MxAction
107 // <name>: the name of the action
108 // <parameter_type>: the type of parameter to the activate function
109 static Action
* new_with_parameter(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
, AT1
/*GLib2.VariantType*/ parameter_type
=null) nothrow {
110 return mx_action_new_with_parameter(toCString
!(char*)(name
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.VariantType
*)(parameter_type
));
112 static auto opCall(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
, AT1
/*GLib2.VariantType*/ parameter_type
=null) {
113 return mx_action_new_with_parameter(toCString
!(char*)(name
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.VariantType
*)(parameter_type
));
116 // Get the value of the active property
117 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the action is active
118 int get_active()() nothrow {
119 return mx_action_get_active(&this);
122 // Get the display name of the action
123 // RETURNS: display-name of the action, owned by MxAction
124 char* get_display_name()() nothrow {
125 return mx_action_get_display_name(&this);
128 // Get the icon of the action
129 // RETURNS: icon of the action, owned by MxAction
130 char* get_icon()() nothrow {
131 return mx_action_get_icon(&this);
134 // Get the name of the action
135 // RETURNS: name of the action, owned by MxAction
136 char* get_name()() nothrow {
137 return mx_action_get_name(&this);
140 // Set the value of the active property
141 // <active>: the value to set
142 void set_active()(int active
) nothrow {
143 mx_action_set_active(&this, active
);
146 // Set the name of the action to display to the user
147 // <name>: new display name to set
148 void set_display_name(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
) nothrow {
149 mx_action_set_display_name(&this, toCString
!(char*)(name
));
152 // The icon to be used in a visual representation of an action.
153 // <name>: new icon to set
154 void set_icon(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
) nothrow {
155 mx_action_set_icon(&this, toCString
!(char*)(name
));
158 // Set the name of the action
159 // <name>: new name to set
160 void set_name(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
) nothrow {
161 mx_action_set_name(&this, toCString
!(char*)(name
));
165 // Indicates that the action was just activated.
167 // @parameter will always be of the expected type. In the event that
168 // an incorrect type was given, no signal will be emitted.
169 // <parameter>: the parameter to the activation
170 extern (C
) alias static void function (Action
* this_
, GLib2
.Variant
* parameter
=null, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_activate
;
172 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
173 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
176 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"activate", CB
/*:signal_activate*/)
177 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
178 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_activate
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_activate
)()) {
179 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"activate",
180 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
183 // DEPRECATED (v1.4) glib:signal: activated - Use MxAction::activate instead.
184 // Emitted when the MxAction is activated.
185 extern (C
) alias static void function (Action
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_activated
;
186 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"activated", CB
/*:signal_activated*/)
187 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
188 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_activated
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_activated
)()) {
189 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"activated",
190 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
195 // Callback function called when action is activated.
196 // <action>: An #MxAction
197 // <user_data>: user data
198 extern (C
) alias void function (Action
* action
, void* user_data
) nothrow ActionCallbackFunc
;
201 GObject2
.InitiallyUnownedClass parent_class
;
202 extern (C
) void function (Action
* action
) nothrow activated
;
203 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
204 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
205 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
206 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
207 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
210 struct ActionPrivate
{
213 struct ActorManager
/* : GObject.Object */ {
217 GObject2
.Object parent
;
218 ActorManagerPrivate
* priv
;
222 // Creates a new #MxActorManager, associated with the given stage.
225 // A reference will not be taken on the stage, and when the stage is destroyed,
226 // the actor manager will lose a reference. The actor manager can be kept
227 // alive by taking a reference, but will no longer divide up events.
229 // RETURNS: An #MxActorManager, tied to the given #ClutterStage
230 // <stage>: A #ClutterStage
231 static ActorManager
* new_(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Stage*/ stage
) nothrow {
232 return mx_actor_manager_new(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Stage
*)(stage
));
234 static auto opCall(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Stage*/ stage
) {
235 return mx_actor_manager_new(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Stage
*)(stage
));
239 // Get the MxActorManager associated with a stage, or creates one if this is the
240 // first call to the function with the given #ClutterStage.
242 // This is a convenience function that allows for easy association of one
243 // #MxActorManager to a #ClutterStage.
244 // RETURNS: An #MxActorManager
245 // <stage>: A #ClutterStage
246 static ActorManager
* get_for_stage(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Stage*/ stage
) nothrow {
247 return mx_actor_manager_get_for_stage(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Stage
*)(stage
));
251 // Adds @actor to @container. The actor may not be parented immediately,
252 // or at all, if the operation is cancelled.
254 // On successful completion, the #MxActorManager::actor_added signal will
256 // RETURNS: The ID for this operation.
257 // <container>: A #ClutterContainer
258 // <actor>: A #ClutterActor
259 c_ulong
add_actor(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Container*/ container
, AT1
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
260 return mx_actor_manager_add_actor(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Container
*)(container
), UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
264 // Cancels the given operation, if it exists. The
265 // #MxActorManager::operation_cancelled signal is fired whenever an operation
267 // <id>: An operation ID
268 void cancel_operation()(c_ulong id
) nothrow {
269 mx_actor_manager_cancel_operation(&this, id
);
273 // Cancels all operations associated with the given actor.
274 // <actor>: A #ClutterActor
275 void cancel_operations(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
276 mx_actor_manager_cancel_operations(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
279 // Unintrospectable method: create_actor() / mx_actor_manager_create_actor()
281 // Creates a #ClutterActor. The actor may not be created immediately,
282 // or at all, if the operation is cancelled.
284 // On successful completion, the #MxActorManager::actor_created signal will
286 // RETURNS: The ID for this operation.
287 // <create_func>: A #ClutterActor creation function
288 // <userdata>: data to be passed to the function, or %NULL
289 // <destroy_func>: callback to invoke before the operation is removed
290 c_ulong
create_actor(AT0
)(ActorManagerCreateFunc create_func
, AT0
/*void*/ userdata
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify destroy_func
) nothrow {
291 return mx_actor_manager_create_actor(&this, create_func
, UpCast
!(void*)(userdata
), destroy_func
);
295 // Retrieves the amount of operations left in the queue.
296 // RETURNS: Number of operations left to perform
297 uint get_n_operations()() nothrow {
298 return mx_actor_manager_get_n_operations(&this);
302 // Gets the #ClutterStage the actor manager is associated with.
303 // RETURNS: The #ClutterStage the actor is associated with.
304 Clutter
.Stage
* get_stage()() nothrow {
305 return mx_actor_manager_get_stage(&this);
309 // Retrieves the current time slice being used for operations.
310 // RETURNS: The time-slice being used, in milliseconds
311 uint get_time_slice()() nothrow {
312 return mx_actor_manager_get_time_slice(&this);
316 // Removes @actor from @container.
318 // On successful completion, the #MxActorManager::actor_removed signal will
322 // The actor may not be removed immediately, and thus you may want to set
323 // the actor's opacity to 0 before calling this function.
325 // RETURNS: The ID for this operation.
326 // <container>: A #ClutterContainer
327 // <actor>: A #ClutterActor
328 c_ulong
remove_actor(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Container*/ container
, AT1
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
329 return mx_actor_manager_remove_actor(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Container
*)(container
), UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
333 // Removes the container. This is a utility function that works by first
334 // removing all the children of the container, then the children itself. This
335 // effectively spreads the load of removing a large container. All prior
336 // operations associated with this container will be cancelled.
339 // The container may not be removed immediately, and thus you may want to set
340 // the container's opacity to 0 before calling this function.
342 // <container>: A #ClutterContainer
343 void remove_container(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Container*/ container
) nothrow {
344 mx_actor_manager_remove_container(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Container
*)(container
));
348 // Sets the amount of time the actor manager will spend performing operations,
349 // before yielding to allow any necessary redrawing to occur.
351 // Lower times will lead to smoother performance, but will increase the amount
352 // of time it takes for operations to complete.
353 // <msecs>: A time, in milliseconds
354 void set_time_slice()(uint msecs
) nothrow {
355 mx_actor_manager_set_time_slice(&this, msecs
);
359 // Emitted when an actor add operation has completed.
360 // <id>: The operation ID
361 // <container>: The #ClutterContainer the actor was added to
362 // <actor>: The added #ClutterActor
363 extern (C
) alias static void function (ActorManager
* this_
, c_ulong id
, Clutter
.Actor
* container
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_actor_added
;
365 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
366 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
369 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"actor-added", CB
/*:signal_actor_added*/)
370 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
371 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_actor_added
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_actor_added
)()) {
372 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"actor-added",
373 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
377 // Emitted when an actor creation operation has completed.
378 // <id>: The operation ID
379 // <actor>: The created #ClutterActor
380 extern (C
) alias static void function (ActorManager
* this_
, c_ulong id
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_actor_created
;
381 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"actor-created", CB
/*:signal_actor_created*/)
382 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
383 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_actor_created
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_actor_created
)()) {
384 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"actor-created",
385 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
389 // Emitted when all queued operations involving @actor have completed.
390 // <actor>: The #ClutterActor to which the signal pertains
391 extern (C
) alias static void function (ActorManager
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_actor_finished
;
392 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"actor-finished", CB
/*:signal_actor_finished*/)
393 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
394 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_actor_finished
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_actor_finished
)()) {
395 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"actor-finished",
396 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
400 // Emitted when an actor remove operation has completed.
401 // <id>: The operation ID
402 // <container>: The #ClutterContainer the actor was removed from
403 // <actor>: The removed #ClutterActor
404 extern (C
) alias static void function (ActorManager
* this_
, c_ulong id
, Clutter
.Actor
* container
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_actor_removed
;
405 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"actor-removed", CB
/*:signal_actor_removed*/)
406 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
407 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_actor_removed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_actor_removed
)()) {
408 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"actor-removed",
409 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
413 // Emitted when an operation has been cancelled.
414 // <id>: The operation id
415 extern (C
) alias static void function (ActorManager
* this_
, c_ulong id
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_operation_cancelled
;
416 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"operation-cancelled", CB
/*:signal_operation_cancelled*/)
417 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
418 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_operation_cancelled
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_operation_cancelled
)()) {
419 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"operation-cancelled",
420 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
424 // Emitted when an operation has completed successfully.
425 // <id>: The operation id
426 extern (C
) alias static void function (ActorManager
* this_
, c_ulong id
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_operation_completed
;
427 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"operation-completed", CB
/*:signal_operation_completed*/)
428 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
429 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_operation_completed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_operation_completed
)()) {
430 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"operation-completed",
431 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
435 // Emitted when an operation has failed.
436 // <id>: The operation id
437 // <error>: A #GError describing the reason of the failure
438 extern (C
) alias static void function (ActorManager
* this_
, c_ulong id
, GLib2
.Error
* error
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_operation_failed
;
439 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"operation-failed", CB
/*:signal_operation_failed*/)
440 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
441 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_operation_failed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_operation_failed
)()) {
442 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"operation-failed",
443 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
447 struct ActorManagerClass
{
448 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
449 extern (C
) void function (ActorManager
* manager
, c_ulong id
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow actor_created
;
450 extern (C
) void function (ActorManager
* manager
, c_ulong id
, Clutter
.Container
* container
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow actor_added
;
451 extern (C
) void function (ActorManager
* manager
, c_ulong id
, Clutter
.Container
* container
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow actor_removed
;
452 extern (C
) void function (ActorManager
* manager
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow actor_finished
;
453 extern (C
) void function (ActorManager
* manager
, c_ulong id
) nothrow operation_completed
;
454 extern (C
) void function (ActorManager
* manager
, c_ulong id
) nothrow operation_cancelled
;
455 extern (C
) void function (ActorManager
* manager
, c_ulong id
, GLib2
.Error
* error
) nothrow operation_failed
;
456 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
457 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
458 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
459 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
460 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
463 // Unintrospectable callback: ActorManagerCreateFunc() / ()
464 extern (C
) alias Clutter
.Actor
* function (ActorManager
* manager
, void* userdata
) nothrow ActorManagerCreateFunc
;
466 enum ActorManagerError
{
467 CONTAINER_DESTROYED
= 0,
470 UNKNOWN_OPERATION
= 3
472 struct ActorManagerPrivate
{
476 // Class for handling an interval between to values. The contents of
477 // the #MxAdjustment are private and should be accessed using the
479 struct Adjustment
/* : GObject.Object */ {
480 alias parent_instance
this;
481 alias parent_instance super_
;
482 alias parent_instance object
;
483 GObject2
.Object parent_instance
;
484 private AdjustmentPrivate
* priv
;
487 // Create a new MxAdjustment
488 // RETURNS: a newly allocated MxAdjustment
489 static Adjustment
* /*new*/ new_()() nothrow {
490 return mx_adjustment_new();
492 static auto opCall()() {
493 return mx_adjustment_new();
496 // Create a new MxAdjustment with the properties set to the values specified.
497 // RETURNS: a newly allocated MxAdjustment
498 // <value>: A #gdouble
499 // <lower>: A #gdouble
500 // <upper>: A #gdouble
501 // <step_increment>: A #gdouble
502 // <page_increment>: A #gdouble
503 // <page_size>: A #gdouble
504 static Adjustment
* /*new*/ new_with_values()(double value
, double lower
, double upper
, double step_increment
, double page_increment
, double page_size
) nothrow {
505 return mx_adjustment_new_with_values(value
, lower
, upper
, step_increment
, page_increment
, page_size
);
507 static auto opCall()(double value
, double lower
, double upper
, double step_increment
, double page_increment
, double page_size
) {
508 return mx_adjustment_new_with_values(value
, lower
, upper
, step_increment
, page_increment
, page_size
);
512 // Get the value of the #MxAdjustment:clamp-value property.
513 // RETURNS: the current value of the "clamp-value" property.
514 int get_clamp_value()() nothrow {
515 return mx_adjustment_get_clamp_value(&this);
518 // Get the value of the #MxAdjustment:elastic property.
519 // RETURNS: the current value of the "elastic" property.
520 int get_elastic()() nothrow {
521 return mx_adjustment_get_elastic(&this);
524 // Get the value of the #MxAdjustment:lower property.
525 // RETURNS: the current value of the "lower" property.
526 double get_lower()() nothrow {
527 return mx_adjustment_get_lower(&this);
530 // Get the value of the MxAdjustment:page-increment property.
531 // RETURNS: the current value of the "page-increment" property.
532 double get_page_increment()() nothrow {
533 return mx_adjustment_get_page_increment(&this);
536 // Get the value of the #MxAdjustment:page-size property.
537 // RETURNS: the current value of the "page-size" property.
538 double get_page_size()() nothrow {
539 return mx_adjustment_get_page_size(&this);
542 // Get the value of the MxAdjustment:step-increment property.
543 // RETURNS: the current value of the "step-increment" property.
544 double get_step_increment()() nothrow {
545 return mx_adjustment_get_step_increment(&this);
548 // Get the value of the #MxAdjustment:upper property.
549 // RETURNS: the current value of the "upper" property.
550 double get_upper()() nothrow {
551 return mx_adjustment_get_upper(&this);
554 // Get the current value of the #MxAdjustment:value property
555 // RETURNS: the current value of the "value" property
556 double get_value()() nothrow {
557 return mx_adjustment_get_value(&this);
560 // Get the various properties of MxAdjustment.
561 // <value>: A #gdouble
562 // <lower>: A #gdouble
563 // <upper>: A #gdouble
564 // <step_increment>: A #gdouble
565 // <page_increment>: A #gdouble
566 // <page_size>: A #gdouble
567 void get_values(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
, AT3
, AT4
, AT5
)(AT0
/*double*/ value
, AT1
/*double*/ lower
, AT2
/*double*/ upper
, AT3
/*double*/ step_increment
, AT4
/*double*/ page_increment
, AT5
/*double*/ page_size
) nothrow {
568 mx_adjustment_get_values(&this, UpCast
!(double*)(value
), UpCast
!(double*)(lower
), UpCast
!(double*)(upper
), UpCast
!(double*)(step_increment
), UpCast
!(double*)(page_increment
), UpCast
!(double*)(page_size
));
571 // Interpolate #MxAdjustment:value to the new value specified by @value, using
572 // the mode and duration given.
573 // <value>: A #gdouble
574 // <duration>: duration in milliseconds
575 // <mode>: A #ClutterAnimationMode
576 void interpolate()(double value
, uint duration
, c_ulong mode
) nothrow {
577 mx_adjustment_interpolate(&this, value
, duration
, mode
);
580 // Interpolate the value of #MxAdjustment:value to a new value calculated from
582 // <offset>: A #gdouble
583 // <duration>: duration in milliseconds
584 // <mode>: A #ClutterAnimationMode
585 void interpolate_relative()(double offset
, uint duration
, c_ulong mode
) nothrow {
586 mx_adjustment_interpolate_relative(&this, offset
, duration
, mode
);
590 // Set the value of the #MxAdjustment:clamp-value property.
591 // <clamp>: a #gboolean
592 void set_clamp_value()(int clamp
) nothrow {
593 mx_adjustment_set_clamp_value(&this, clamp
);
596 // Set the value of the #MxAdjustment:elastic property.
597 // <elastic>: A #gboolean
598 void set_elastic()(int elastic
) nothrow {
599 mx_adjustment_set_elastic(&this, elastic
);
602 // Set the value of the #MxAdjustment:lower property.
603 // <lower>: A #gdouble
604 void set_lower()(double lower
) nothrow {
605 mx_adjustment_set_lower(&this, lower
);
608 // Set the value of the #MxAdjustment:page-increment property.
609 // <increment>: A #gdouble
610 void set_page_increment()(double increment
) nothrow {
611 mx_adjustment_set_page_increment(&this, increment
);
614 // Set the #MxAdjustment:page-size property.
615 // <page_size>: A #gdouble
616 void set_page_size()(double page_size
) nothrow {
617 mx_adjustment_set_page_size(&this, page_size
);
620 // Set the value of the #MxAdjustment:step-increment property.
621 // <increment>: A #gdouble
622 void set_step_increment()(double increment
) nothrow {
623 mx_adjustment_set_step_increment(&this, increment
);
626 // Set the value of the #MxAdjustment:upper property.
627 // <upper>: A #gdouble
628 void set_upper()(double upper
) nothrow {
629 mx_adjustment_set_upper(&this, upper
);
632 // Set the value of the #MxAdjustment:value property.
633 // <value>: A #gdouble
634 void set_value()(double value
) nothrow {
635 mx_adjustment_set_value(&this, value
);
638 // Set the various properties of MxAdjustment.
639 // <value>: A #gdouble
640 // <lower>: A #gdouble
641 // <upper>: A #gdouble
642 // <step_increment>: A #gdouble
643 // <page_increment>: A #gdouble
644 // <page_size>: A #gdouble
645 void set_values()(double value
, double lower
, double upper
, double step_increment
, double page_increment
, double page_size
) nothrow {
646 mx_adjustment_set_values(&this, value
, lower
, upper
, step_increment
, page_increment
, page_size
);
648 // Emitted when any of the adjustment values have changed
649 extern (C
) alias static void function (Adjustment
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_changed
;
651 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
652 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
655 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"changed", CB
/*:signal_changed*/)
656 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
657 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_changed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_changed
)()) {
658 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"changed",
659 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
661 // Emitted when the animation started by mx_adjustment_interpolate completes
662 extern (C
) alias static void function (Adjustment
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_interpolation_completed
;
663 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"interpolation-completed", CB
/*:signal_interpolation_completed*/)
664 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
665 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_interpolation_completed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_interpolation_completed
)()) {
666 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"interpolation-completed",
667 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
671 // Base class for #MxAdjustment.
672 struct AdjustmentClass
{
673 private GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
674 extern (C
) void function (Adjustment
* adjustment
) nothrow changed
;
675 extern (C
) void function (Adjustment
* adjustment
) nothrow interpolation_completed
;
676 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
677 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
678 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
679 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
682 struct AdjustmentPrivate
{
685 // Set the alignment of the item
692 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
693 // through the public API.
694 struct Application
/* : GObject.Object */ {
698 GObject2
.Object parent
;
699 ApplicationPrivate
* priv
;
702 // Intialises everything needed to operate Clutter and use #MxApplication.
703 // See clutter_init().
704 // RETURNS: the #MxApplication singleton.
705 // <argc>: The number of arguments in argv.
706 // <argv>: A pointer to an array of arguments
707 // <name>: Unique application name.
708 // <flags>: Application flags.
709 static Application
* /*new*/ new_(AT0
, AT1
)(/*inout*/ int* argc
, /*inout*/ AT0
/*char***/ argv
, AT1
/*char*/ name
, ApplicationFlags flags
) nothrow {
710 return mx_application_new(argc
, toCString
!(char***)(argv
), toCString
!(char*)(name
), flags
);
712 static auto opCall(AT0
, AT1
)(/*inout*/ int* argc
, /*inout*/ AT0
/*char***/ argv
, AT1
/*char*/ name
, ApplicationFlags flags
) {
713 return mx_application_new(argc
, toCString
!(char***)(argv
), toCString
!(char*)(name
), flags
);
716 // Add an action to the application.
717 // <action>: an #MxAction
718 void add_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*Action*/ action
) nothrow {
719 mx_application_add_action(&this, UpCast
!(Action
*)(action
));
722 // Adds a window to the list of windows associated with @application. If this
723 // is the first window, it will be treated as the primary window and used for
724 // startup notification.
726 // This function does not take a reference on @window.
727 // <window>: The #MxWindow to add to the application
728 void add_window(AT0
)(AT0
/*Window*/ window
) nothrow {
729 mx_application_add_window(&this, UpCast
!(Window
*)(window
));
732 // Creates a window and associates it with the application.
733 // RETURNS: An #MxWindow.
734 Window
* create_window()() nothrow {
735 return mx_application_create_window(&this);
738 // Retrieves all actions registered on @application.
740 // of #MxAction<!-- -->s. Use g_list_free() on the returned list
743 GLib2
.List
* /*new container*/ get_actions()() nothrow {
744 return mx_application_get_actions(&this);
747 // Get the application flags that where set on @application when created.
748 // RETURNS: the application flags
749 ApplicationFlags
get_flags()() nothrow {
750 return mx_application_get_flags(&this);
753 // Retrieves all windows added to @application.
755 // of #MxWindow<!-- -->s. The returned list is owned by
756 // @application and must not be altered.
758 GLib2
.List
* get_windows()() nothrow {
759 return mx_application_get_windows(&this);
762 // Run the named action for the application.
763 // <name>: name of the action to invoke
764 void invoke_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
) nothrow {
765 mx_application_invoke_action(&this, toCString
!(char*)(name
));
769 // Run the named action for the application, passing @variant as the parameter
771 // <name>: name of the action to invoke
772 // <variant>: parameter for the action
773 void invoke_action_with_parameter(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
, AT1
/*GLib2.Variant*/ variant
) nothrow {
774 mx_application_invoke_action_with_parameter(&this, toCString
!(char*)(name
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.Variant
*)(variant
));
777 // Query whether #MxApplication is running. This will also return #TRUE if the
778 // given #MxApplication is single instance and there is an instance already
780 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the application is running
781 int is_running()() nothrow {
782 return mx_application_is_running(&this);
785 // Stop the application from running and quit the main loop. This will cause
786 // the call to mx_application_run() to complete.
787 void quit()() nothrow {
788 mx_application_quit(&this);
791 // Remove the action with the specified name from the application.
792 // <name>: name of the action to remove
793 void remove_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
) nothrow {
794 mx_application_remove_action(&this, toCString
!(char*)(name
));
797 // Remove the specified window from the application. This will cause the window
798 // to be unreferenced and destroyed unless another reference is held on it.
799 // <window>: an #MxWindow
800 void remove_window(AT0
)(AT0
/*Window*/ window
) nothrow {
801 mx_application_remove_window(&this, UpCast
!(Window
*)(window
));
804 // Run the main loop of the application and start processing events. This
805 // function will not return until the application is quit. If the application
806 // is single instance and an existing instance is already running, this will
807 // cause the existing instance to be raised and the function will complete
809 void run()() nothrow {
810 mx_application_run(&this);
812 // Emitted when an action has been added or removed from the MxApplication.
813 extern (C
) alias static void function (Application
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_actions_changed
;
815 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
816 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
819 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"actions-changed", CB
/*:signal_actions_changed*/)
820 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
821 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_actions_changed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_actions_changed
)()) {
822 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"actions-changed",
823 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
826 // --- mixin/Mx2_Application.d --->
828 static Application
* /*new*/ new_d(AT0
)(ref string argv
[], AT0
/*char*/ name
, ApplicationFlags flags
) {
829 // mx_application_new() wants 'argc' as 'int*'...
830 c_int argc
= cast(c_int
)argv
.length
;
831 auto c_argv
= argvToC(argv
);
832 auto app
= mx_application_new(&argc
, &c_argv
, toCString
!(char*)(name
), flags
);
833 argv
= argvFromC(argc
, c_argv
);
836 static auto opCall(AT0
)(ref string argv
[], AT0 name
, ApplicationFlags flags
) {
837 return new_d(argv
, name
, flags
);
840 // <--- mixin/Mx2_Application.d ---
843 struct ApplicationClass
{
844 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
845 // RETURNS: An #MxWindow.
846 extern (C
) Window
* function (Application
* application
) nothrow create_window
;
847 extern (C
) void function (Application
* application
) nothrow raise
;
848 extern (C
) void function (Application
* app
) nothrow actions_changed
;
849 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
850 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
851 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
852 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
853 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
856 enum ApplicationFlags
{
860 struct ApplicationPrivate
{
863 // The #MxBin struct contains only private data
864 struct Bin
/* : Widget */ {
865 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
866 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
867 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
868 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
869 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
870 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
871 alias parent_instance
this;
872 alias parent_instance super_
;
873 alias parent_instance widget
;
874 Widget parent_instance
;
875 private BinPrivate
* priv
;
878 // Allocates the child of an #MxBin using the width and height from @box.
879 // This function should usually only be called by subclasses of #MxBin.
881 // This function can be used to allocate the child of an #MxBin if no special
882 // allocation requirements are needed. It is similar to
883 // #mx_allocate_align_fill, except that it reads the alignment, padding and
884 // fill values from the #MxBin, and will call #clutter_actor_allocate on the
886 // <box>: The allocation box of the parent actor.
887 // <flags>: #ClutterAllocationFlags, usually provided by the. clutter_actor_allocate function.
888 void allocate_child(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.ActorBox*/ box
, Clutter
.AllocationFlags flags
) nothrow {
889 mx_bin_allocate_child(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.ActorBox
*)(box
), flags
);
892 // Retrieves the horizontal and vertical alignment of the child
893 // inside a #MxBin, as set by mx_bin_set_alignment().
894 // <x_align>: return location for the horizontal alignment, or %NULL
895 // <y_align>: return location for the vertical alignment, or %NULL
896 void get_alignment(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Align*/ x_align
, AT1
/*Align*/ y_align
) nothrow {
897 mx_bin_get_alignment(&this, UpCast
!(Align
*)(x_align
), UpCast
!(Align
*)(y_align
));
900 // Retrieves a pointer to the child of @bin.
901 // RETURNS: a #ClutterActor, or %NULL
902 Clutter
.Actor
* get_child()() nothrow {
903 return mx_bin_get_child(&this);
906 // Retrieves the horizontal and vertical fill settings
907 // <x_fill>: return location for the horizontal fill, or %NULL
908 // <y_fill>: return location for the vertical fill, or %NULL
909 void get_fill()(/*out*/ int* x_fill
, /*out*/ int* y_fill
) nothrow {
910 mx_bin_get_fill(&this, x_fill
, y_fill
);
913 // Sets the horizontal and vertical alignment of the child
915 // <x_align>: horizontal alignment
916 // <y_align>: vertical alignment
917 void set_alignment()(Align x_align
, Align y_align
) nothrow {
918 mx_bin_set_alignment(&this, x_align
, y_align
);
921 // Sets @child as the child of @bin.
923 // If @bin already has a child, the previous child is removed.
924 // <child>: a #ClutterActor, or %NULL
925 void set_child(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
926 mx_bin_set_child(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
929 // Sets whether the child of @bin should fill out the horizontal
930 // and/or vertical allocation of the parent
931 // <x_fill>: %TRUE if the child should fill horizontally the @bin
932 // <y_fill>: %TRUE if the child should fill vertically the @bin
933 void set_fill()(int x_fill
, int y_fill
) nothrow {
934 mx_bin_set_fill(&this, x_fill
, y_fill
);
938 // The #MxBinClass struct contains only private data
940 private WidgetClass parent_class
;
941 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
942 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
943 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
944 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
945 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
953 int top
, right
, bottom
, left
;
955 int equal(AT0
)(AT0
/*BorderImage*/ b2
) nothrow {
956 return mx_border_image_equal(&this, UpCast
!(BorderImage
*)(b2
));
958 static void set_from_string(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*GObject2.Value*/ value
, AT1
/*char*/ str, AT2
/*char*/ filename
) nothrow {
959 mx_border_image_set_from_string(UpCast
!(GObject2
.Value
*)(value
), toCString
!(char*)(str), toCString
!(char*)(filename
));
964 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
965 // through the public API.
966 struct BoxLayout
/* : Widget */ {
967 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
968 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
969 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
970 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
971 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
972 mixin Scrollable
.__interface__
;
973 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
978 private BoxLayoutPrivate
* priv
;
981 // Create a new #MxBoxLayout.
982 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxBoxLayout
983 static BoxLayout
* new_()() nothrow {
984 return mx_box_layout_new();
986 static auto opCall()() {
987 return mx_box_layout_new();
989 static BoxLayout
* new_with_orientation()(Orientation orientation
) nothrow {
990 return mx_box_layout_new_with_orientation(orientation
);
992 static auto opCall()(Orientation orientation
) {
993 return mx_box_layout_new_with_orientation(orientation
);
996 // Inserts @actor at @position in @box.
997 // <actor>: the #ClutterActor actor to add to the box layout
998 // <position>: the position where to insert the actor
999 void add_actor(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
, int position
) nothrow {
1000 mx_box_layout_add_actor(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
), position
);
1003 // Unintrospectable method: add_actor_with_properties() / mx_box_layout_add_actor_with_properties()
1004 // Inserts @actor at @position in the layout @box. You can set some layout
1005 // properties on the child at the same time.
1007 // If @position is negative, or is larger than the number of actors in the
1008 // layout, the new actor is added on to the end of the list.
1009 // <actor>: the #ClutterActor actor to add to the box layout
1010 // <position>: the position where to insert the actor
1011 // <first_property>: name of the first property to set
1012 /+ Not available -- variadic methods unsupported - use the C function directly.
1013 alias mx_box_layout_add_actor_with_properties add_actor_with_properties; // Variadic
1016 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:expand property
1017 // RETURNS: the current value of the "expand" property
1018 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1019 int child_get_expand(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
1020 return mx_box_layout_child_get_expand(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
1023 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:x-align property
1024 // RETURNS: the current value of the "x-align" property
1025 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1026 Align
child_get_x_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
1027 return mx_box_layout_child_get_x_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
1030 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:x-fill property.
1031 // RETURNS: the current value of the "x-fill" property.
1032 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1033 int child_get_x_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
1034 return mx_box_layout_child_get_x_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
1037 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:y-align property.
1038 // RETURNS: the current value of the "y-align" property.
1039 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1040 Align
child_get_y_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
1041 return mx_box_layout_child_get_y_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
1044 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:y-fill property
1045 // RETURNS: the current value of the "y-fill" property
1046 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1047 int child_get_y_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
1048 return mx_box_layout_child_get_y_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
1051 // Set the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:expand property.
1052 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1053 // <expand>: A #gboolean
1054 void child_set_expand(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int expand
) nothrow {
1055 mx_box_layout_child_set_expand(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), expand
);
1058 // Set the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:x-align property.
1059 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1060 // <x_align>: An #MxAlign
1061 void child_set_x_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, Align x_align
) nothrow {
1062 mx_box_layout_child_set_x_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), x_align
);
1065 // Set the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:x-fill property.
1066 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1067 // <x_fill>: A #gboolean
1068 void child_set_x_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int x_fill
) nothrow {
1069 mx_box_layout_child_set_x_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), x_fill
);
1072 // Set the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:y-align property.
1073 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1074 // <y_align>: An #MxAlign
1075 void child_set_y_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, Align y_align
) nothrow {
1076 mx_box_layout_child_set_y_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), y_align
);
1079 // Set the value of the #MxBoxLayoutChild:y-fill property.
1080 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
1081 // <y_fill>: A #gboolean
1082 void child_set_y_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int y_fill
) nothrow {
1083 mx_box_layout_child_set_y_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), y_fill
);
1086 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayout:enable-animations property.
1087 // RETURNS: #TRUE if animations enabled
1088 int get_enable_animations()() nothrow {
1089 return mx_box_layout_get_enable_animations(&this);
1092 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayout:orientation property.
1093 // RETURNS: the orientation of the layout
1094 Orientation
get_orientation()() nothrow {
1095 return mx_box_layout_get_orientation(&this);
1099 // Get the value of the #MxBoxLayout:scroll-to-focused property.
1100 // RETURNS: #TRUE if automatically scrolling to the focused actor is enabled
1101 int get_scroll_to_focused()() nothrow {
1102 return mx_box_layout_get_scroll_to_focused(&this);
1105 // Get the spacing between children in pixels
1106 // RETURNS: the spacing value
1107 uint get_spacing()() nothrow {
1108 return mx_box_layout_get_spacing(&this);
1111 // Enable animations when certain properties change.
1112 // <enable_animations>: #TRUE to enable animations
1113 void set_enable_animations()(int enable_animations
) nothrow {
1114 mx_box_layout_set_enable_animations(&this, enable_animations
);
1117 // Set the orientation of the box layout.
1118 // <orientation>: orientation value for the layout
1119 void set_orientation()(Orientation orientation
) nothrow {
1120 mx_box_layout_set_orientation(&this, orientation
);
1124 // Enables or disables automatic scrolling to the focused actor.
1125 // <scroll_to_focused>: #TRUE to enable automatically scrolling to the focused actor
1126 void set_scroll_to_focused()(int scroll_to_focused
) nothrow {
1127 mx_box_layout_set_scroll_to_focused(&this, scroll_to_focused
);
1130 // Set the amount of spacing between children in pixels
1131 // <spacing>: the spacing value
1132 void set_spacing()(uint spacing
) nothrow {
1133 mx_box_layout_set_spacing(&this, spacing
);
1138 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
1139 // through the public API.
1140 struct BoxLayoutChild
/* : Clutter.ChildMeta */ {
1142 alias parent super_
;
1143 alias parent childmeta
;
1144 Clutter
.ChildMeta parent
;
1146 static import std
.bitmanip
; mixin(std
.bitmanip
.bitfields
!(
1149 uint, "__dummy32A", 30));
1150 private Align x_align
, y_align
;
1153 struct BoxLayoutChildClass
{
1154 Clutter
.ChildMetaClass parent_class
;
1155 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1156 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1157 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1158 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1159 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1162 struct BoxLayoutChildPrivate
{
1165 struct BoxLayoutClass
{
1166 WidgetClass parent_class
;
1167 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1168 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1169 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1170 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1171 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1174 struct BoxLayoutPrivate
{
1178 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
1179 // the provided API.
1180 struct Button
/* : Bin */ {
1181 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
1182 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
1183 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
1184 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
1185 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
1186 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
1187 alias parent_instance
this;
1188 alias parent_instance super_
;
1189 alias parent_instance bin
;
1190 Bin parent_instance
;
1191 private ButtonPrivate
* priv
;
1194 // Create a new button
1195 // RETURNS: a new #MxButton
1196 static Button
* new_()() nothrow {
1197 return mx_button_new();
1199 static auto opCall()() {
1200 return mx_button_new();
1203 // Create a new #MxButton with the specified label
1204 // RETURNS: a new #MxButton
1205 // <text>: text to set the label to
1206 static Button
* new_with_label(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
1207 return mx_button_new_with_label(toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1209 static auto opCall(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) {
1210 return mx_button_new_with_label(toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1214 // Retrieves the #MxAction associated with @button.
1215 // RETURNS: A #MxAction
1216 Action
* get_action()() nothrow {
1217 return mx_button_get_action(&this);
1221 // Get the icon-name being used on the button.
1223 // no icon has been set
1224 // RETURNS: the icon-name. This must not be freed by the application. %NULL if
1225 char* get_icon_name()() nothrow {
1226 return mx_button_get_icon_name(&this);
1230 // Retrieves the icon's relative position to the text.
1231 // RETURNS: A #MxPosition
1232 Position
get_icon_position()() nothrow {
1233 return mx_button_get_icon_position(&this);
1237 // Retrieves the icon-size being used for the displayed icon inside the button.
1238 // RETURNS: The icon-size being used for the button icon, in pixels
1239 uint get_icon_size()() nothrow {
1240 return mx_button_get_icon_size(&this);
1244 // Retrieves the visibility of the icon associated with the button's action.
1245 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the icon is visible, %FALSE otherwise
1246 int get_icon_visible()() nothrow {
1247 return mx_button_get_icon_visible(&this);
1250 // Get the toggle mode status of the button.
1251 // RETURNS: #TRUE if toggle mode is set, otherwise #FALSE
1252 int get_is_toggle()() nothrow {
1253 return mx_button_get_is_toggle(&this);
1256 // Get the text displayed on the button
1257 // RETURNS: the text for the button. This must not be freed by the application
1258 char* get_label()() nothrow {
1259 return mx_button_get_label(&this);
1263 // Retrieves the visibility of the text associated with the button's action.
1264 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the text is visible, %FALSE otherwise
1265 int get_label_visible()() nothrow {
1266 return mx_button_get_label_visible(&this);
1269 // Get the state of the button that is in toggle mode.
1270 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the button is toggled, or #FALSE if not
1271 int get_toggled()() nothrow {
1272 return mx_button_get_toggled(&this);
1276 // Sets @action as the action for @button. @Button will take its label and
1277 // icon from @action.
1278 // <action>: A #MxAction
1279 void set_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*Action*/ action
) nothrow {
1280 mx_button_set_action(&this, UpCast
!(Action
*)(action
));
1284 // Sets the icon-name used to display an icon on the button. Setting %NULL
1285 // will remove the icon name, or resort to the icon-name set in the current
1286 // style. Setting an icon name overrides any icon set in the style.
1287 // <icon_name>: icon-name to use on the button
1288 void set_icon_name(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ icon_name
=null) nothrow {
1289 mx_button_set_icon_name(&this, toCString
!(char*)(icon_name
));
1293 // Sets the icon position, relative to the text on the button.
1294 // <position>: A #MxPosition
1295 void set_icon_position()(Position position
) nothrow {
1296 mx_button_set_icon_position(&this, position
);
1300 // Sets the icon-size to use for the icon displayed inside the button. This will
1301 // override the icon-size set in the style. Setting a value of %0 resets to the
1302 // size from the style.
1303 void set_icon_size()(uint icon_size
) nothrow {
1304 mx_button_set_icon_size(&this, icon_size
);
1308 // Sets the visibility of the icon associated with the button's action.
1309 // <visible>: %TRUE if the icon should be visible
1310 void set_icon_visible()(int visible
) nothrow {
1311 mx_button_set_icon_visible(&this, visible
);
1314 // Enables or disables toggle mode for the button. In toggle mode, the active
1315 // state will be "toggled" when the user clicks the button.
1316 // <toggle>: #TRUE or #FALSE
1317 void set_is_toggle()(int toggle
) nothrow {
1318 mx_button_set_is_toggle(&this, toggle
);
1321 // Sets the text displayed on the button
1322 // <text>: text to set the label to
1323 void set_label(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
1324 mx_button_set_label(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1328 // Sets the visibility of the text associated with the button's action.
1329 // <visible>: %TRUE if the text should be visible
1330 void set_label_visible()(int visible
) nothrow {
1331 mx_button_set_label_visible(&this, visible
);
1334 // Sets the toggled state of the button. This is only really useful if the
1335 // button has #toggle-mode mode set to #TRUE.
1336 // <toggled>: #TRUE or #FALSE
1337 void set_toggled()(int toggled
) nothrow {
1338 mx_button_set_toggled(&this, toggled
);
1341 // Emitted when the user activates the button, either with a mouse press and
1342 // release or with the keyboard.
1343 extern (C
) alias static void function (Button
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_clicked
;
1345 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
1346 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
1349 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"clicked", CB
/*:signal_clicked*/)
1350 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
1351 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_clicked
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_clicked
)()) {
1352 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"clicked",
1353 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
1357 struct ButtonClass
{
1358 BinClass parent_class
;
1359 extern (C
) void function (Button
* button
) nothrow clicked
;
1360 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1361 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1362 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1363 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1364 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1368 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
1369 // through the public API.
1370 struct ButtonGroup
/* : GObject.InitiallyUnowned */ {
1372 alias parent super_
;
1373 alias parent initiallyunowned
;
1374 GObject2
.InitiallyUnowned parent
;
1375 ButtonGroupPrivate
* priv
;
1378 // Create a new #MxButtonGroup.
1379 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxButtonGroup.
1380 static ButtonGroup
* new_()() nothrow {
1381 return mx_button_group_new();
1383 static auto opCall()() {
1384 return mx_button_group_new();
1387 // Add @button to the #MxButtonGroup.
1388 // <button>: A #MxButton
1389 void add(AT0
)(AT0
/*Button*/ button
) nothrow {
1390 mx_button_group_add(&this, UpCast
!(Button
*)(button
));
1393 // Calls @callback for each button in the group.
1394 // <callback>: A #ClutterCallback
1395 // <userdata>: A #gpointer
1396 void foreach_(AT0
)(Clutter
.Callback callback
, AT0
/*void*/ userdata
) nothrow {
1397 mx_button_group_foreach(&this, callback
, UpCast
!(void*)(userdata
));
1400 // Get the current active button
1401 // RETURNS: the currently active button
1402 Button
* get_active_button()() nothrow {
1403 return mx_button_group_get_active_button(&this);
1406 // Get the value of the #MxButtonGroup:allow-no-active property.
1407 // RETURNS: the value of the "allow-no-active" property.
1408 int get_allow_no_active()() nothrow {
1409 return mx_button_group_get_allow_no_active(&this);
1412 // Get a list of the buttons in the button group.
1414 // owned by the #MxButtonGroup and should not be modified by the
1416 // RETURNS: a list of buttons. The list is
1417 GLib2
.SList
* get_buttons()() nothrow {
1418 return mx_button_group_get_buttons(&this);
1421 // Remove @button from the #MxButtonGroup
1422 // <button>: A #MxButton
1423 void remove(AT0
)(AT0
/*Button*/ button
) nothrow {
1424 mx_button_group_remove(&this, UpCast
!(Button
*)(button
));
1427 // Set the current active button in the group. The previous active button will
1428 // have #MxButton:toggled set to #FALSE.
1429 // <button>: A #MxButton
1430 void set_active_button(AT0
)(AT0
/*Button*/ button
=null) nothrow {
1431 mx_button_group_set_active_button(&this, UpCast
!(Button
*)(button
));
1434 // Set the value of the #MxButtonGroup:allow-no-active property.
1435 // <allow_no_active>: A #gboolean
1436 void set_allow_no_active()(int allow_no_active
) nothrow {
1437 mx_button_group_set_allow_no_active(&this, allow_no_active
);
1441 struct ButtonGroupClass
{
1442 GObject2
.InitiallyUnownedClass parent_class
;
1443 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1444 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1445 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1446 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1447 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1450 struct ButtonGroupPrivate
{
1453 struct ButtonPrivate
{
1457 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
1458 // the provided API.
1459 struct Clipboard
/* : GObject.Object */ {
1461 alias parent super_
;
1462 alias parent object
;
1463 GObject2
.Object parent
;
1464 private ClipboardPrivate
* priv
;
1467 // Get the global #MxClipboard object that represents the clipboard.
1469 // unrefferenced or freed.
1470 // RETURNS: a #MxClipboard owned by Mx and must not be
1471 static Clipboard
* get_default()() nothrow {
1472 return mx_clipboard_get_default();
1475 // Request the data from the clipboard in text form. @callback is executed
1476 // when the data is retreived.
1477 // <callback>: function to be called when the text is retreived
1478 // <user_data>: data to be passed to the callback
1479 void get_text(AT0
)(ClipboardCallbackFunc callback
, AT0
/*void*/ user_data
) nothrow {
1480 mx_clipboard_get_text(&this, callback
, UpCast
!(void*)(user_data
));
1483 // Sets text as the current contents of the clipboard.
1484 // <text>: text to copy to the clipboard
1485 void set_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
1486 mx_clipboard_set_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1491 // Callback function called when text is retrieved from the clipboard.
1492 // <clipboard>: A #MxClipboard
1493 // <text>: text from the clipboard
1494 // <user_data>: user data
1495 extern (C
) alias void function (Clipboard
* clipboard
, char* text
, void* user_data
) nothrow ClipboardCallbackFunc
;
1497 struct ClipboardClass
{
1498 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
1499 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1500 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1501 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1502 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1503 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1506 struct ClipboardPrivate
{
1510 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
1511 // through the public API.
1512 struct ComboBox
/* : Widget */ {
1513 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
1514 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
1515 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
1516 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
1517 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
1518 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
1520 alias parent super_
;
1521 alias parent widget
;
1523 private ComboBoxPrivate
* priv
;
1526 // Create a new MxComboBox
1527 // RETURNS: a newly allocated MxComboBox
1528 static ComboBox
* new_()() nothrow {
1529 return mx_combo_box_new();
1531 static auto opCall()() {
1532 return mx_combo_box_new();
1535 // Append an item to the combo box list
1536 // <text>: name of the item
1537 void append_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
1538 mx_combo_box_append_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1541 // Get the name of the icon displayed in the combo box
1543 // the combo box, or %NULL if there is no active icon.
1544 // RETURNS: the text string of the name of the displayed icon, owned by
1545 char* get_active_icon_name()() nothrow {
1546 return mx_combo_box_get_active_icon_name(&this);
1549 // Get the text displayed in the combo box
1550 // RETURNS: the text string, owned by the combo box
1551 char* get_active_text()() nothrow {
1552 return mx_combo_box_get_active_text(&this);
1555 // Get the index of the last item selected
1557 int get_index()() nothrow {
1558 return mx_combo_box_get_index(&this);
1561 // Insert an item into the combo box list.
1562 // <position>: zero indexed position to insert the item at
1563 // <text>: name of the item
1564 void insert_text(AT0
)(int position
, AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
1565 mx_combo_box_insert_text(&this, position
, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1568 // Insert an item with text and an icon into the combo box list.
1569 // <position>: zero indexed position to insert the item at
1570 // <text>: name of the item
1571 // <icon>: name of an icon from the icon theme
1572 void insert_text_with_icon(AT0
, AT1
)(int position
, AT0
/*char*/ text
, AT1
/*char*/ icon
) nothrow {
1573 mx_combo_box_insert_text_with_icon(&this, position
, toCString
!(char*)(text
), toCString
!(char*)(icon
));
1576 // Prepend an item to the combo box list
1577 // <text>: name of the item
1578 void prepend_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
1579 mx_combo_box_prepend_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1583 // Remove all the items of @box
1584 void remove_all()() nothrow {
1585 mx_combo_box_remove_all(&this);
1588 // Remove the item at @position
1589 // <position>: position of the item to remove
1590 void remove_text()(int position
) nothrow {
1591 mx_combo_box_remove_text(&this, position
);
1594 // Set the icon displayed in the combo box.
1595 // <icon_name>: Icon name to use for displayed icon
1596 void set_active_icon_name(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ icon_name
=null) nothrow {
1597 mx_combo_box_set_active_icon_name(&this, toCString
!(char*)(icon_name
));
1600 // Set the text displayed in the combo box
1601 // <text>: text to display
1602 void set_active_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
1603 mx_combo_box_set_active_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
1606 // Set the current combo box text from the item at @index in the list.
1607 // <index>: the index of the list item to set
1608 void set_index()(int index
) nothrow {
1609 mx_combo_box_set_index(&this, index
);
1613 struct ComboBoxClass
{
1614 WidgetClass parent_class
;
1615 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1616 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1617 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1618 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1619 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1622 struct ComboBoxPrivate
{
1626 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
1627 // the provided API.
1628 struct DeformBowTie
/* : DeformTexture */ {
1629 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
1630 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
1631 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
1632 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
1633 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
1635 alias parent super_
;
1636 alias parent deformtexture
;
1637 DeformTexture parent
;
1638 DeformBowTiePrivate
* priv
;
1640 static DeformBowTie
* new_()() nothrow {
1641 return mx_deform_bow_tie_new();
1643 static auto opCall()() {
1644 return mx_deform_bow_tie_new();
1646 int get_flip_back()() nothrow {
1647 return mx_deform_bow_tie_get_flip_back(&this);
1649 double get_period()() nothrow {
1650 return mx_deform_bow_tie_get_period(&this);
1652 void set_flip_back()(int flip_back
) nothrow {
1653 mx_deform_bow_tie_set_flip_back(&this, flip_back
);
1655 void set_period()(double period
) nothrow {
1656 mx_deform_bow_tie_set_period(&this, period
);
1660 struct DeformBowTieClass
{
1661 DeformTextureClass parent_class
;
1662 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1663 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1664 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1665 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1666 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1669 struct DeformBowTiePrivate
{
1673 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
1674 // the provided API.
1675 struct DeformPageTurn
/* : DeformTexture */ {
1676 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
1677 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
1678 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
1679 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
1680 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
1682 alias parent super_
;
1683 alias parent deformtexture
;
1684 DeformTexture parent
;
1685 DeformPageTurnPrivate
* priv
;
1687 static DeformPageTurn
* new_()() nothrow {
1688 return mx_deform_page_turn_new();
1690 static auto opCall()() {
1691 return mx_deform_page_turn_new();
1693 double get_angle()() nothrow {
1694 return mx_deform_page_turn_get_angle(&this);
1696 double get_period()() nothrow {
1697 return mx_deform_page_turn_get_period(&this);
1699 double get_radius()() nothrow {
1700 return mx_deform_page_turn_get_radius(&this);
1702 void set_angle()(double angle
) nothrow {
1703 mx_deform_page_turn_set_angle(&this, angle
);
1705 void set_period()(double period
) nothrow {
1706 mx_deform_page_turn_set_period(&this, period
);
1708 void set_radius()(double radius
) nothrow {
1709 mx_deform_page_turn_set_radius(&this, radius
);
1713 struct DeformPageTurnClass
{
1714 DeformTextureClass parent_class
;
1715 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1716 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1717 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1718 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1719 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1722 struct DeformPageTurnPrivate
{
1726 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
1727 // the provided API.
1728 struct DeformTexture
/* : Widget */ {
1729 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
1730 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
1731 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
1732 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
1733 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
1735 alias parent super_
;
1736 alias parent widget
;
1738 DeformTexturePrivate
* priv
;
1741 // Retrieve the mesh resolution of the texture.
1742 // See mx_deform_texture_set_resolution().
1743 // <tiles_x>: The horizontal resolution
1744 // <tiles_y>: The vertical resolution
1745 void get_resolution()(/*out*/ int* tiles_x
=null, /*out*/ int* tiles_y
=null) nothrow {
1746 mx_deform_texture_get_resolution(&this, tiles_x
, tiles_y
);
1749 // Retrieves the textures used by @texture.
1750 // <front>: The front-facing texture
1751 // <back>: The back-facing texture
1752 void get_textures(AT0
, AT1
)(/*out*/ AT0
/*Clutter.Texture**/ front
=null, /*out*/ AT1
/*Clutter.Texture**/ back
=null) nothrow {
1753 mx_deform_texture_get_textures(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Texture
**)(front
), UpCast
!(Clutter
.Texture
**)(back
));
1755 // Make @texture re-calculate its vertices and redraw itself.
1756 void invalidate()() nothrow {
1757 mx_deform_texture_invalidate(&this);
1760 // Sets the amount of sub-divisions used on each axis when generating
1761 // the mesh, where a value of 1 for each axis will produce a single quad.
1762 // <tiles_x>: The horizontal resolution
1763 // <tiles_y>: The vertical resolution
1764 void set_resolution()(int tiles_x
, int tiles_y
) nothrow {
1765 mx_deform_texture_set_resolution(&this, tiles_x
, tiles_y
);
1768 // Set textures to use as the sources of a deformation effect. Textures
1769 // must not be parented.
1770 // <front>: #ClutterTexture to use for the front-face.
1771 // <back>: #ClutterTexture to use for the back-face.
1772 void set_textures(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Texture*/ front
=null, AT1
/*Clutter.Texture*/ back
=null) nothrow {
1773 mx_deform_texture_set_textures(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Texture
*)(front
), UpCast
!(Clutter
.Texture
*)(back
));
1777 struct DeformTextureClass
{
1778 WidgetClass parent_class
;
1779 extern (C
) void function (DeformTexture
* texture
, Cogl
.TextureVertex
* vertex
, float width
, float height
) nothrow deform
;
1780 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1781 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1782 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1783 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1784 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1787 struct DeformTexturePrivate
{
1791 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
1792 // the provided API.
1793 struct DeformWaves
/* : DeformTexture */ {
1794 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
1795 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
1796 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
1797 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
1798 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
1800 alias parent super_
;
1801 alias parent deformtexture
;
1802 DeformTexture parent
;
1803 DeformWavesPrivate
* priv
;
1805 static DeformWaves
* new_()() nothrow {
1806 return mx_deform_waves_new();
1808 static auto opCall()() {
1809 return mx_deform_waves_new();
1811 double get_amplitude()() nothrow {
1812 return mx_deform_waves_get_amplitude(&this);
1814 double get_angle()() nothrow {
1815 return mx_deform_waves_get_angle(&this);
1817 double get_period()() nothrow {
1818 return mx_deform_waves_get_period(&this);
1820 double get_radius()() nothrow {
1821 return mx_deform_waves_get_radius(&this);
1823 void set_amplitude()(double amplitude
) nothrow {
1824 mx_deform_waves_set_amplitude(&this, amplitude
);
1826 void set_angle()(double angle
) nothrow {
1827 mx_deform_waves_set_angle(&this, angle
);
1829 void set_period()(double period
) nothrow {
1830 mx_deform_waves_set_period(&this, period
);
1832 void set_radius()(double radius
) nothrow {
1833 mx_deform_waves_set_radius(&this, radius
);
1837 struct DeformWavesClass
{
1838 DeformTextureClass parent_class
;
1839 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
1840 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
1841 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
1842 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
1843 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
1846 struct DeformWavesPrivate
{
1850 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
1851 // the provided API.
1852 struct Dialog
/* : Bin */ {
1853 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
1854 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
1855 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
1856 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
1857 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
1858 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
1860 alias parent super_
;
1863 private DialogPrivate
* priv
;
1867 // Creates a new #MxDialog.
1868 // RETURNS: A newly allocated #MxDialog
1869 static Dialog
* new_()() nothrow {
1870 return mx_dialog_new();
1872 static auto opCall()() {
1873 return mx_dialog_new();
1877 // Adds an #MxButton that represents @action to the button area of @dialog
1878 // <action>: A #MxAction
1879 void add_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*Action*/ action
) nothrow {
1880 mx_dialog_add_action(&this, UpCast
!(Action
*)(action
));
1884 // Retrieves a list of actions added to @dialog.
1886 // #GList of #MxAction objects. The actions in the list are owned by the
1888 // RETURNS: A newly allocated
1889 GLib2
.List
* /*new container*/ get_actions()() nothrow {
1890 return mx_dialog_get_actions(&this);
1894 // Removes the button associated with @action from the button area of @dialog
1895 // <action>: A #MxAction
1896 void remove_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*Action*/ action
) nothrow {
1897 mx_dialog_remove_action(&this, UpCast
!(Action
*)(action
));
1901 // Sets the parent of the #MxDialog. This is the actor over which the
1902 // modal frame will appear when clutter_actor_show() is called.
1903 // <actor>: A #ClutterActor
1904 void set_transient_parent(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
1905 mx_dialog_set_transient_parent(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
1909 struct DialogClass
{
1910 BinClass parent_class
;
1913 struct DialogPrivate
{
1921 // This is an opaque structure whose members cannot be directly accessed.
1922 struct Draggable
/* Interface */ {
1923 mixin template __interface__() { void disable()() nothrow {
1924 mx_draggable_disable(cast(Draggable
*)&this);
1926 void enable()() nothrow {
1927 mx_draggable_enable(cast(Draggable
*)&this);
1929 DragAxis
get_axis()() nothrow {
1930 return mx_draggable_get_axis(cast(Draggable
*)&this);
1934 // RETURNS: a #ClutterActor, or %NULL
1935 Clutter
.Actor
* get_drag_actor()() nothrow {
1936 return mx_draggable_get_drag_actor(cast(Draggable
*)&this);
1938 uint get_drag_threshold()() nothrow {
1939 return mx_draggable_get_drag_threshold(cast(Draggable
*)&this);
1941 int is_enabled()() nothrow {
1942 return mx_draggable_is_enabled(cast(Draggable
*)&this);
1944 void set_axis()(DragAxis axis
) nothrow {
1945 mx_draggable_set_axis(cast(Draggable
*)&this, axis
);
1947 void set_drag_actor(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
1948 mx_draggable_set_drag_actor(cast(Draggable
*)&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
1950 void set_drag_threshold()(uint threshold
) nothrow {
1951 mx_draggable_set_drag_threshold(cast(Draggable
*)&this, threshold
);
1953 extern (C
) alias static void function (Draggable
* this_
, float object
, float p0
, int p1
, Clutter
.ModifierType
* p2
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_drag_begin
;
1955 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
1956 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
1959 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"drag-begin", CB
/*:signal_drag_begin*/)
1960 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
1961 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_drag_begin
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_drag_begin
)()) {
1962 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"drag-begin",
1963 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
1965 extern (C
) alias static void function (Draggable
* this_
, float object
, float p0
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_drag_end
;
1966 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"drag-end", CB
/*:signal_drag_end*/)
1967 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
1968 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_drag_end
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_drag_end
)()) {
1969 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"drag-end",
1970 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
1972 extern (C
) alias static void function (Draggable
* this_
, float object
, float p0
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_drag_motion
;
1973 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"drag-motion", CB
/*:signal_drag_motion*/)
1974 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
1975 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_drag_motion
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_drag_motion
)()) {
1976 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"drag-motion",
1977 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
1980 mixin __interface__
;
1983 // Interface for draggable #ClutterActor<!-- -->s.
1984 struct DraggableIface
{
1985 private GObject2
.TypeInterface g_iface
;
1986 extern (C
) void function (Draggable
* draggable
) nothrow enable
;
1987 extern (C
) void function (Draggable
* draggable
) nothrow disable
;
1988 extern (C
) void function (Draggable
* draggable
, float event_x
, float event_y
, int event_button
, Clutter
.ModifierType modifiers
) nothrow drag_begin
;
1989 extern (C
) void function (Draggable
* draggable
, float delta_x
, float delta_y
) nothrow drag_motion
;
1990 extern (C
) void function (Draggable
* draggable
, float event_x
, float event_y
) nothrow drag_end
;
1993 // This is an opaque structure whose members cannot be directly accessed.
1994 struct Droppable
/* Interface */ {
1995 mixin template __interface__() { int accept_drop(AT0
)(AT0
/*Draggable*/ draggable
) nothrow {
1996 return mx_droppable_accept_drop(cast(Droppable
*)&this, UpCast
!(Draggable
*)(draggable
));
1998 void disable()() nothrow {
1999 mx_droppable_disable(cast(Droppable
*)&this);
2001 void enable()() nothrow {
2002 mx_droppable_enable(cast(Droppable
*)&this);
2004 int is_enabled()() nothrow {
2005 return mx_droppable_is_enabled(cast(Droppable
*)&this);
2007 extern (C
) alias static void function (Droppable
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* object
, float p0
, float p1
, int p2
, Clutter
.ModifierType
* p3
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_drop
;
2009 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
2010 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
2013 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"drop", CB
/*:signal_drop*/)
2014 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
2015 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_drop
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_drop
)()) {
2016 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"drop",
2017 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
2019 extern (C
) alias static void function (Droppable
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* object
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_over_in
;
2020 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"over-in", CB
/*:signal_over_in*/)
2021 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
2022 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_over_in
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_over_in
)()) {
2023 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"over-in",
2024 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
2026 extern (C
) alias static void function (Droppable
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* object
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_over_out
;
2027 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"over-out", CB
/*:signal_over_out*/)
2028 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
2029 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_over_out
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_over_out
)()) {
2030 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"over-out",
2031 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
2034 mixin __interface__
;
2037 struct DroppableIface
{
2038 private GObject2
.TypeInterface g_iface
;
2039 extern (C
) void function (Droppable
* droppable
) nothrow enable
;
2040 extern (C
) void function (Droppable
* droppable
) nothrow disable
;
2041 extern (C
) int function (Droppable
* droppable
, Draggable
* draggable
) nothrow accept_drop
;
2042 extern (C
) void function (Droppable
* droppable
, Draggable
* draggable
) nothrow over_in
;
2043 extern (C
) void function (Droppable
* droppable
, Draggable
* draggable
) nothrow over_out
;
2044 extern (C
) void function (Droppable
* droppable
, Draggable
* draggable
, float event_x
, float event_y
, int button
, Clutter
.ModifierType modifiers
) nothrow drop
;
2048 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
2049 // the provided API.
2050 struct Entry
/* : Widget */ {
2051 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
2052 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
2053 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
2054 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
2055 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
2056 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
2057 alias parent_instance
this;
2058 alias parent_instance super_
;
2059 alias parent_instance widget
;
2060 Widget parent_instance
;
2061 private EntryPrivate
* priv
;
2064 // Create a new #MxEntry
2065 // RETURNS: a new #MxEntry
2066 static Entry
* new_()() nothrow {
2067 return mx_entry_new();
2069 static auto opCall()() {
2070 return mx_entry_new();
2073 // Create a new #MxEntry with the specified entry
2074 // RETURNS: a new #MxEntry
2075 // <text>: text to set the entry to
2076 static Entry
* new_with_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
2077 return mx_entry_new_with_text(toCString
!(char*)(text
));
2079 static auto opCall(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) {
2080 return mx_entry_new_with_text(toCString
!(char*)(text
));
2083 // Retrieve the internal #ClutterText so that extra parameters can be set
2085 // owned by the #MxEntry and should not be unref'ed by the application.
2086 // RETURNS: the #ClutterText used by #MxEntry. The entry is
2087 Clutter
.Actor
* get_clutter_text()() nothrow {
2088 return mx_entry_get_clutter_text(&this);
2091 // Gets the text that is displayed when the entry is empty and unfocused
2093 // #MxEntry and should not be freed or modified.
2094 // RETURNS: the current value of the hint property. This string is owned by the
2095 char* get_hint_text()() nothrow {
2096 return mx_entry_get_hint_text(&this);
2099 // Get the suffix appended to the filename to use for the highlighted version
2102 // #MxEntry and should not be freed or modified.
2103 // RETURNS: the highlight filename suffix. This string is owned by the
2104 char* get_icon_highlight_suffix()() nothrow {
2105 return mx_entry_get_icon_highlight_suffix(&this);
2108 // Gets the character to display instead of the text.
2109 // RETURNS: a character, or 0 if input should not be hidden.
2110 dchar get_password_char()() nothrow {
2111 return mx_entry_get_password_char(&this);
2114 // Get the text displayed on the entry
2115 // RETURNS: the text for the entry. This must not be freed by the application
2116 char* get_text()() nothrow {
2117 return mx_entry_get_text(&this);
2120 // Sets the text to display when the entry is empty and unfocused. When the
2121 // entry is displaying the hint, it has a pseudo class of "indeterminate".
2122 // A value of NULL unsets the hint.
2123 // <text>: text to set as the entry hint
2124 void set_hint_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
2125 mx_entry_set_hint_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
2128 // Sets the suffix appended to the filename to use for the highlighted version
2129 // of the icon. e.g. if you have set your primay icon to "primary-icon.png"
2130 // and the suffix to "-highlight" #MxEntry will look for
2131 // "primary-icon-highlight.png"
2132 // <suffix>: the suffix to append to the filename for the highlight version
2133 void set_icon_highlight_suffix(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ suffix
) nothrow {
2134 mx_entry_set_icon_highlight_suffix(&this, toCString
!(char*)(suffix
));
2137 // Sets the character to display instead of the text. Use 0 to display
2139 // <password_char>: text to set as the entry hint
2140 void set_password_char()(dchar password_char
) nothrow {
2141 mx_entry_set_password_char(&this, password_char
);
2144 // Set the primary icon of the entry to the given filename
2145 // <filename>: filename of an icon
2146 void set_primary_icon_from_file(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ filename
) nothrow {
2147 mx_entry_set_primary_icon_from_file(&this, toCString
!(char*)(filename
));
2149 void set_primary_icon_tooltip_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
2150 mx_entry_set_primary_icon_tooltip_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
2153 // Set the primary icon of the entry to the given filename
2154 // <filename>: filename of an icon
2155 void set_secondary_icon_from_file(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ filename
) nothrow {
2156 mx_entry_set_secondary_icon_from_file(&this, toCString
!(char*)(filename
));
2158 void set_secondary_icon_tooltip_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
2159 mx_entry_set_secondary_icon_tooltip_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
2162 // Sets the text displayed on the entry
2163 // <text>: text to set the entry to
2164 void set_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
2165 mx_entry_set_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
2167 // Emitted when the primary icon is clicked
2168 extern (C
) alias static void function (Entry
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_primary_icon_clicked
;
2170 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
2171 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
2174 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"primary-icon-clicked", CB
/*:signal_primary_icon_clicked*/)
2175 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
2176 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_primary_icon_clicked
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_primary_icon_clicked
)()) {
2177 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"primary-icon-clicked",
2178 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
2180 // Emitted when the secondary icon is clicked
2181 extern (C
) alias static void function (Entry
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_secondary_icon_clicked
;
2182 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"secondary-icon-clicked", CB
/*:signal_secondary_icon_clicked*/)
2183 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
2184 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_secondary_icon_clicked
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_secondary_icon_clicked
)()) {
2185 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"secondary-icon-clicked",
2186 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
2191 WidgetClass parent_class
;
2192 extern (C
) void function (Entry
* entry
) nothrow primary_icon_clicked
;
2193 extern (C
) void function (Entry
* entry
) nothrow secondary_icon_clicked
;
2194 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2195 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2196 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2197 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2198 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2201 struct EntryPrivate
{
2205 // The contents of the this structure are private and should only be accessed
2206 // through the public API.
2207 struct Expander
/* : Bin */ {
2208 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
2209 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
2210 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
2211 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
2212 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
2213 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
2215 alias parent super_
;
2218 private ExpanderPrivate
* priv
;
2221 // Creates a new #MxExpander
2222 // RETURNS: the newly allocated #MxExpander
2223 static Expander
* new_()() nothrow {
2224 return mx_expander_new();
2226 static auto opCall()() {
2227 return mx_expander_new();
2230 // Get the current state of the expander (the value of #MxExpander:expanded)
2231 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the expander is open, #FALSE if it is closed
2232 int get_expanded()() nothrow {
2233 return mx_expander_get_expanded(&this);
2236 // Set the state (the #MxExpander:expanded property) of the expander.
2237 // This will cause the expander to open or close.
2238 // <expanded>: the state of the expander to set
2239 void set_expanded()(int expanded
) nothrow {
2240 mx_expander_set_expanded(&this, expanded
);
2243 // Sets the text displayed as the title of the expander
2244 // <label>: string to set as the expander label
2245 void set_label(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ label
) nothrow {
2246 mx_expander_set_label(&this, toCString
!(char*)(label
));
2249 // Emitted after the expand animation finishes. Check the "expanded" property
2250 // of the #MxExpander to determine if the expander is expanded or not.
2251 extern (C
) alias static void function (Expander
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_expand_complete
;
2253 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
2254 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
2257 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"expand-complete", CB
/*:signal_expand_complete*/)
2258 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
2259 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_expand_complete
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_expand_complete
)()) {
2260 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"expand-complete",
2261 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
2265 struct ExpanderClass
{
2266 BinClass parent_class
;
2267 extern (C
) void function (Expander
* expander
) nothrow expand_complete
;
2268 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2269 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2270 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2271 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2272 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2275 struct ExpanderPrivate
{
2278 struct FadeEffect
/* : Clutter.OffscreenEffect */ {
2280 alias parent super_
;
2281 alias parent offscreeneffect
;
2282 Clutter
.OffscreenEffect parent
;
2283 FadeEffectPrivate
* priv
;
2287 // Creates a new #MxFadeEffect to be used with clutter_actor_add_effect().
2288 // RETURNS: the newly created #MxFadeEffect, or %NULL
2289 static FadeEffect
* new_()() nothrow {
2290 return mx_fade_effect_new();
2292 static auto opCall()() {
2293 return mx_fade_effect_new();
2297 // Retrieves the border values for @effect.
2298 // <top>: The upper border, in pixels
2299 // <right>: The right border, in pixels
2300 // <bottom>: The lower border, in pixels
2301 // <left>: The left border, in pixels
2302 void get_border(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
, AT3
)(/*out*/ AT0
/*uint*/ top
, /*out*/ AT1
/*uint*/ right
, /*out*/ AT2
/*uint*/ bottom
, /*out*/ AT3
/*uint*/ left
) nothrow {
2303 mx_fade_effect_get_border(&this, UpCast
!(uint*)(top
), UpCast
!(uint*)(right
), UpCast
!(uint*)(bottom
), UpCast
!(uint*)(left
));
2307 // Retrieves the bounding box of the effect.
2308 // <x>: The x value of the effect bounds, in pixels
2309 // <y>: The y value of the effect bounds, in pixels
2310 // <width>: The width of the effect bounds, in pixels, or %0
2311 // <height>: The height of the effect bounds, in pixels, or %0
2312 void get_bounds(AT0
, AT1
)(/*out*/ int* x
, /*out*/ int* y
, /*out*/ AT0
/*uint*/ width
, /*out*/ AT1
/*uint*/ height
) nothrow {
2313 mx_fade_effect_get_bounds(&this, x
, y
, UpCast
!(uint*)(width
), UpCast
!(uint*)(height
));
2317 // Retrieves the color used for the fade effect.
2318 // <color>: A #ClutterColor to store the color in
2319 void get_color(AT0
)(/*out*/ AT0
/*Clutter.Color*/ color
) nothrow {
2320 mx_fade_effect_get_color(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Color
*)(color
));
2324 // Sets the border to be used for the fading effect. This is the number of
2325 // pixels on each side of the effect that should be used to fade.
2326 // <top>: The upper border, in pixels
2327 // <right>: The right border, in pixels
2328 // <bottom>: The lower border, in pixels
2329 // <left>: The left border, in pixels
2330 void set_border()(uint top
, uint right
, uint bottom
, uint left
) nothrow {
2331 mx_fade_effect_set_border(&this, top
, right
, bottom
, left
);
2335 // Sets the bounding box of the effect. The effect will essentially treat
2336 // this box as a clipping rectangle. Setting width or height to %0 will
2337 // use the width or height of the #ClutterActor the effect is attached to.
2340 // The effect border will apply to the bounds, and not to the un-altered
2341 // rectangle, so an effect with an %x of %5 and a %left-border of %5 will
2342 // have a gap of 5 blank pixels to the left, with a fade length of 5 pixels.
2344 // <x>: The x value of the effect bounds, in pixels
2345 // <y>: The y value of the effect bounds, in pixels
2346 // <width>: The width of the effect bounds, in pixels, or %0
2347 // <height>: The height of the effect bounds, in pixels, or %0
2348 void set_bounds()(int x
, int y
, uint width
, uint height
) nothrow {
2349 mx_fade_effect_set_bounds(&this, x
, y
, width
, height
);
2353 // Sets the color of the fade effect. The effect will fade out towards
2354 // the set border to this color.
2355 // <color>: A #ClutterColor
2356 void set_color(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Color*/ color
) nothrow {
2357 mx_fade_effect_set_color(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Color
*)(color
));
2361 struct FadeEffectClass
{
2362 Clutter
.OffscreenEffectClass parent_class
;
2365 struct FadeEffectPrivate
{
2369 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
2370 // through the public API.
2371 struct FloatingWidget
/* : Widget */ {
2372 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
2373 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
2374 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
2375 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
2376 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
2378 alias parent super_
;
2379 alias parent widget
;
2381 FloatingWidgetPrivate
* priv
;
2384 struct FloatingWidgetClass
{
2385 WidgetClass parent_class
;
2386 extern (C
) void function (Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, Clutter
.Color
* color
) nothrow floating_pick
;
2387 extern (C
) void function (Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow floating_paint
;
2388 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2389 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2390 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2391 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2392 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2395 struct FloatingWidgetPrivate
{
2398 enum FocusDirection
{
2417 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
2418 // through the public API.
2419 struct FocusManager
/* : GObject.Object */ {
2421 alias parent super_
;
2422 alias parent object
;
2423 GObject2
.Object parent
;
2424 FocusManagerPrivate
* priv
;
2427 // Get the MxFocusManager associated with a stage, or create one if none exist
2428 // for the specified stage.
2429 // RETURNS: An #MxFocusManager
2430 // <stage>: A #ClutterStage
2431 static FocusManager
* get_for_stage(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Stage*/ stage
) nothrow {
2432 return mx_focus_manager_get_for_stage(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Stage
*)(stage
));
2435 // Get the currently focused #MxFocusable
2436 // RETURNS: MxFocusable
2437 Focusable
* get_focused()() nothrow {
2438 return mx_focus_manager_get_focused(&this);
2441 // Get the stage the MxFocusManager is associated with
2442 // RETURNS: A #ClutterStage
2443 Clutter
.Stage
* get_stage()() nothrow {
2444 return mx_focus_manager_get_stage(&this);
2447 // Moves the current focus in the given direction.
2448 // <direction>: The direction to move focus in
2449 void move_focus()(FocusDirection direction
) nothrow {
2450 mx_focus_manager_move_focus(&this, direction
);
2453 // Sets the currently focused actor, with an #MxFocusHint of
2454 // %MX_FOCUS_HINT_PRIOR.
2456 // Note: the final focused object may not be the same as @focusable if
2457 // @focusable does not accept focus directly.
2458 // <focusable>: the object to set focus on
2459 void push_focus(AT0
)(AT0
/*Focusable*/ focusable
) nothrow {
2460 mx_focus_manager_push_focus(&this, UpCast
!(Focusable
*)(focusable
));
2464 // Similar to #mx_focus_manager_push_focus, but allows the hint to be specified.
2466 // Note: the final focused object may not be the same as @focusable if
2467 // @focusable does not accept focus directly.
2468 // <focusable>: the object to set focus on
2469 // <hint>: an #MxFocusHint
2470 void push_focus_with_hint(AT0
)(AT0
/*Focusable*/ focusable
, FocusHint hint
) nothrow {
2471 mx_focus_manager_push_focus_with_hint(&this, UpCast
!(Focusable
*)(focusable
), hint
);
2475 struct FocusManagerClass
{
2476 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
2477 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2478 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2479 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2480 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2481 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2484 struct FocusManagerPrivate
{
2487 // This is an opaque structure whose members cannot be directly accessed.
2488 struct Focusable
/* Interface */ {
2489 mixin template __interface__() {
2491 // RETURNS: the focusable
2492 // <hint>: A #MxFocusHint
2493 Focusable
* accept_focus()(FocusHint hint
) nothrow {
2494 return mx_focusable_accept_focus(cast(Focusable
*)&this, hint
);
2498 // RETURNS: the newly focused focusable
2499 // <direction>: A #MxFocusDirection
2500 // <from>: focusable to move the focus from
2501 Focusable
* move_focus(AT0
)(FocusDirection direction
, AT0
/*Focusable*/ from
) nothrow {
2502 return mx_focusable_move_focus(cast(Focusable
*)&this, direction
, UpCast
!(Focusable
*)(from
));
2505 mixin __interface__
;
2508 struct FocusableIface
{
2509 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
2511 // RETURNS: the focusable
2512 // <hint>: A #MxFocusHint
2513 extern (C
) Focusable
* function (Focusable
* focusable
, FocusHint hint
) nothrow accept_focus
;
2515 // RETURNS: the newly focused focusable
2516 // <direction>: A #MxFocusDirection
2517 // <from>: focusable to move the focus from
2518 extern (C
) Focusable
* function (Focusable
* focusable
, FocusDirection direction
, Focusable
* from
) nothrow move_focus
;
2521 // Support values of font weight
2529 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
2530 // through the public API.
2531 struct Frame
/* : Bin */ {
2532 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
2533 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
2534 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
2535 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
2536 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
2537 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
2539 alias parent super_
;
2545 // Create a new #MxFrame
2546 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxFrame
2547 static Frame
* new_()() nothrow {
2548 return mx_frame_new();
2550 static auto opCall()() {
2551 return mx_frame_new();
2556 BinClass parent_class
;
2557 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2558 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2559 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2560 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2561 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2564 struct FramePrivate
{
2568 // The contents of the this structure are private and should only be accessed
2569 // through the public API.
2570 struct Grid
/* : Widget */ {
2571 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
2572 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
2573 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
2574 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
2575 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
2576 mixin Scrollable
.__interface__
;
2577 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
2579 alias parent super_
;
2580 alias parent widget
;
2582 private GridPrivate
* priv
;
2584 static Grid
* new_()() nothrow {
2585 return mx_grid_new();
2587 static auto opCall()() {
2588 return mx_grid_new();
2590 Align
get_child_x_align()() nothrow {
2591 return mx_grid_get_child_x_align(&this);
2593 Align
get_child_y_align()() nothrow {
2594 return mx_grid_get_child_y_align(&this);
2596 float get_column_spacing()() nothrow {
2597 return mx_grid_get_column_spacing(&this);
2599 int get_homogenous_columns()() nothrow {
2600 return mx_grid_get_homogenous_columns(&this);
2602 int get_homogenous_rows()() nothrow {
2603 return mx_grid_get_homogenous_rows(&this);
2605 int get_line_alignment()() nothrow {
2606 return mx_grid_get_line_alignment(&this);
2608 int get_max_stride()() nothrow {
2609 return mx_grid_get_max_stride(&this);
2611 Orientation
get_orientation()() nothrow {
2612 return mx_grid_get_orientation(&this);
2614 float get_row_spacing()() nothrow {
2615 return mx_grid_get_row_spacing(&this);
2617 void set_child_x_align()(Align value
) nothrow {
2618 mx_grid_set_child_x_align(&this, value
);
2620 void set_child_y_align()(Align value
) nothrow {
2621 mx_grid_set_child_y_align(&this, value
);
2623 void set_column_spacing()(float value
) nothrow {
2624 mx_grid_set_column_spacing(&this, value
);
2626 void set_homogenous_columns()(int value
) nothrow {
2627 mx_grid_set_homogenous_columns(&this, value
);
2629 void set_homogenous_rows()(int value
) nothrow {
2630 mx_grid_set_homogenous_rows(&this, value
);
2632 void set_line_alignment()(Align value
) nothrow {
2633 mx_grid_set_line_alignment(&this, value
);
2635 void set_max_stride()(int value
) nothrow {
2636 mx_grid_set_max_stride(&this, value
);
2638 void set_orientation()(Orientation orientation
) nothrow {
2639 mx_grid_set_orientation(&this, orientation
);
2641 void set_row_spacing()(float value
) nothrow {
2642 mx_grid_set_row_spacing(&this, value
);
2647 WidgetClass parent_class
;
2648 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2649 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2650 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2651 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2652 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2655 struct GridPrivate
{
2659 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
2660 // through the public API.
2661 struct Icon
/* : Widget */ {
2662 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
2663 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
2664 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
2665 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
2666 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
2668 alias parent super_
;
2669 alias parent widget
;
2671 private IconPrivate
* priv
;
2674 // Create a newly allocated #MxIcon
2675 // RETURNS: A newly allocated #MxIcon
2676 static Icon
* new_()() nothrow {
2677 return mx_icon_new();
2679 static auto opCall()() {
2680 return mx_icon_new();
2682 char* get_icon_name()() nothrow {
2683 return mx_icon_get_icon_name(&this);
2685 int get_icon_size()() nothrow {
2686 return mx_icon_get_icon_size(&this);
2688 void set_icon_name(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ icon_name
) nothrow {
2689 mx_icon_set_icon_name(&this, toCString
!(char*)(icon_name
));
2691 void set_icon_size()(int size
) nothrow {
2692 mx_icon_set_icon_size(&this, size
);
2697 WidgetClass parent_class
;
2698 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2699 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2700 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2701 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2702 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2705 struct IconPrivate
{
2709 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
2710 // through the public API.
2711 struct IconTheme
/* : GObject.Object */ {
2713 alias parent super_
;
2714 alias parent object
;
2715 GObject2
.Object parent
;
2716 IconThemePrivate
* priv
;
2719 // Create a new #MxIconTheme. In most cicumstances, it is more useful to use
2720 // #mx_icon_theme_get_default to load the default icon theme.
2721 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxIconTheme.
2722 static IconTheme
* /*new*/ new_()() nothrow {
2723 return mx_icon_theme_new();
2725 static auto opCall()() {
2726 return mx_icon_theme_new();
2729 // Return the default #MxIconTheme object used by the toolkit.
2730 // RETURNS: an #MxIconTheme.
2731 static IconTheme
* get_default()() nothrow {
2732 return mx_icon_theme_get_default();
2735 // Gets the directories the #MxIconTheme will search in to find icons.
2736 // RETURNS: the search paths
2737 GLib2
.List
* get_search_paths()() nothrow {
2738 return mx_icon_theme_get_search_paths(&this);
2741 // Get the value of the #MxIconTheme:theme-name property.
2742 // RETURNS: the current value of the "theme-name" property.
2743 char* get_theme_name()() nothrow {
2744 return mx_icon_theme_get_theme_name(&this);
2746 int has_icon(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ icon_name
) nothrow {
2747 return mx_icon_theme_has_icon(&this, toCString
!(char*)(icon_name
));
2750 // If the icon is available, returns a #CoglHandle of the icon.
2751 // RETURNS: a #CoglHandle of the icon, or %NULL.
2752 // <icon_name>: The name of the icon
2753 // <size>: The desired size of the icon
2754 Cogl
.Handle
lookup(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ icon_name
, int size
) nothrow {
2755 return mx_icon_theme_lookup(&this, toCString
!(char*)(icon_name
), size
);
2758 // If the icon is available, returns a #ClutterTexture of the icon.
2759 // RETURNS: a #ClutterTexture of the icon, or %NULL.
2760 // <icon_name>: The name of the icon
2761 // <size>: The desired size of the icon
2762 Clutter
.Texture
* lookup_texture(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ icon_name
, int size
) nothrow {
2763 return mx_icon_theme_lookup_texture(&this, toCString
!(char*)(icon_name
), size
);
2766 // Sets the directories the #MxIconTheme will search in to find icons.
2767 // By default, it will look in the default system and local icon
2769 // <paths>: a list of search paths
2770 void set_search_paths(AT0
)(AT0
/*GLib2.List*/ paths
) nothrow {
2771 mx_icon_theme_set_search_paths(&this, UpCast
!(GLib2
.List
*)(paths
));
2774 // Set the value of the #MxIconTheme:theme-name property. This will cause the
2775 // icon theme to be loaded if it differs from the existing theme name. If the
2776 // theme could not be loaded, it will fall back to using the default icon theme
2779 // This will override the system's theme setting. To revert to the system
2780 // icon theme, this function can be called with a %NULL @theme_name argument.
2781 // <theme_name>: the name of an icon theme to load, or %NULL
2782 void set_theme_name(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ theme_name
) nothrow {
2783 mx_icon_theme_set_theme_name(&this, toCString
!(char*)(theme_name
));
2787 struct IconThemeClass
{
2788 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
2789 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
2790 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
2791 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
2792 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
2793 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
2796 struct IconThemePrivate
{
2800 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
2801 // through the public API.
2802 struct Image
/* : Widget */ {
2803 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
2804 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
2805 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
2806 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
2807 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
2809 alias parent super_
;
2810 alias parent widget
;
2812 private ImagePrivate
* priv
;
2816 // Creates a new #MxImage object.
2817 // RETURNS: A newly created #MxImage object
2818 static Image
* new_()() nothrow {
2819 return mx_image_new();
2821 static auto opCall()() {
2822 return mx_image_new();
2826 // Sets the value of #MxImage:scale-mode to @scale_mode and animates the
2827 // scale factor of the image between the previous value and the new value.
2828 // <mode>: a #ClutterAnimationMode
2829 // <duration>: duration of the animation in milliseconds
2830 // <scale_mode>: The #MxImageScaleMode to set
2831 void animate_scale_mode()(c_ulong mode
, uint duration
, ImageScaleMode scale_mode
) nothrow {
2832 mx_image_animate_scale_mode(&this, mode
, duration
, scale_mode
);
2836 // Clear the current image and set a blank, transparent image.
2837 // RETURNS: static void
2838 void clear()() nothrow {
2839 mx_image_clear(&this);
2843 // Determines whether image up-scaling is allowed.
2844 // RETURNS: %TRUE if upscaling is allowed, %FALSE otherwise
2845 int get_allow_upscale()() nothrow {
2846 return mx_image_get_allow_upscale(&this);
2850 // Get the value of the MxImage:image-rotation property.
2851 // RETURNS: The value of the image-rotation property.
2852 float get_image_rotation()() nothrow {
2853 return mx_image_get_image_rotation(&this);
2857 // Determines whether asynchronous image loading is in use.
2858 // RETURNS: %TRUE if images are set to load asynchronously, %FALSE otherwise
2859 int get_load_async()() nothrow {
2860 return mx_image_get_load_async(&this);
2864 // Retrieves the height scaling threshold.
2865 // RETURNS: The height scaling threshold, in pixels
2866 uint get_scale_height_threshold()() nothrow {
2867 return mx_image_get_scale_height_threshold(&this);
2871 // Get the current scale mode of @MxImage.
2872 // RETURNS: The current MxImageScaleMode
2873 ImageScaleMode
get_scale_mode()() nothrow {
2874 return mx_image_get_scale_mode(&this);
2878 // Retrieves the width scaling threshold.
2879 // RETURNS: The width scaling threshold, in pixels
2880 uint get_scale_width_threshold()() nothrow {
2881 return mx_image_get_scale_width_threshold(&this);
2885 // Get the value of the MxImage:transition-duration property.
2886 // RETURNS: The value of the transition-duration property.
2887 uint get_transition_duration()() nothrow {
2888 return mx_image_get_transition_duration(&this);
2892 // Sets whether up-scaling of images is allowed. If set to %TRUE and a size
2893 // larger than the image is requested, the image will be up-scaled in
2896 // The advantage of this is that software up-scaling is potentially higher
2897 // quality, but it comes at the expense of video memory.
2898 // <allow>: %TRUE to allow upscaling, %FALSE otherwise
2899 void set_allow_upscale()(int allow
) nothrow {
2900 mx_image_set_allow_upscale(&this, allow
);
2904 // Set the image data from unencoded image data, stored in memory. In case of
2905 // failure, #FALSE is returned and @error is set. It is expected that @buffer
2906 // will remain accessible for the duration of the load. Once it is finished
2907 // with, @buffer_free_func will be called.
2908 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the image was successfully updated
2909 // <buffer>: A buffer pointing to encoded image data
2910 // <buffer_size>: The size of @buffer, in bytes
2911 // <buffer_free_func>: A function to free @buffer, or %NULL
2912 int set_from_buffer(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*ubyte*/ buffer
, size_t buffer_size
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify buffer_free_func
, AT1
/*GLib2.Error**/ error
=null) nothrow {
2913 return mx_image_set_from_buffer(&this, UpCast
!(ubyte*)(buffer
), buffer_size
, buffer_free_func
, UpCast
!(GLib2
.Error
**)(error
));
2917 // Set the image data from unencoded image data, stored in memory, and scales
2918 // it while loading. In case of failure, #FALSE is returned and @error is set.
2919 // It is expected that @buffer will remain accessible for the duration of the
2920 // load. Once it is finished with, @buffer_free_func will be called. The aspect
2921 // ratio will always be maintained.
2922 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the image was successfully updated
2923 // <buffer>: A buffer pointing to encoded image data
2924 // <buffer_size>: The size of @buffer, in bytes
2925 // <buffer_free_func>: A function to free @buffer, or %NULL
2926 // <width>: Width to scale the image to, or -1
2927 // <height>: Height to scale the image to, or -1
2928 int set_from_buffer_at_size(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*ubyte*/ buffer
, size_t buffer_size
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify buffer_free_func
, int width
, int height
, AT1
/*GLib2.Error**/ error
=null) nothrow {
2929 return mx_image_set_from_buffer_at_size(&this, UpCast
!(ubyte*)(buffer
), buffer_size
, buffer_free_func
, width
, height
, UpCast
!(GLib2
.Error
**)(error
));
2933 // Sets the contents of the image from the given Cogl texture.
2934 // RETURNS: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure
2935 // <texture>: A #CoglHandle to a texture
2936 int set_from_cogl_texture()(Cogl
.Handle texture
) nothrow {
2937 return mx_image_set_from_cogl_texture(&this, texture
);
2941 // Set the image data from a buffer. In case of failure, #FALSE is returned
2942 // and @error is set.
2943 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the image was successfully updated
2944 // <data>: Image data
2945 // <pixel_format>: The #CoglPixelFormat of the buffer
2946 // <width>: Width in pixels of image data.
2947 // <height>: Height in pixels of image data
2948 // <rowstride>: Distance in bytes between row starts.
2949 int set_from_data(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*ubyte*/ data
, Cogl
.PixelFormat pixel_format
, int width
, int height
, int rowstride
, AT1
/*GLib2.Error**/ error
=null) nothrow {
2950 return mx_image_set_from_data(&this, UpCast
!(ubyte*)(data
), pixel_format
, width
, height
, rowstride
, UpCast
!(GLib2
.Error
**)(error
));
2954 // Set the image data from an image file. In case of failure, #FALSE is returned
2955 // and @error is set.
2956 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the image was successfully updated
2957 // <filename>: Filename to read the file from
2958 int set_from_file(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ filename
, AT1
/*GLib2.Error**/ error
=null) nothrow {
2959 return mx_image_set_from_file(&this, toCString
!(char*)(filename
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.Error
**)(error
));
2963 // Set the image data from an image file, and scale the image during loading.
2964 // In case of failure, #FALSE is returned and @error is set. The aspect ratio
2965 // will always be maintained.
2966 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the image was successfully updated
2967 // <filename>: Filename to read the file from
2968 // <width>: Width to scale the image to, or -1
2969 // <height>: Height to scale the image to, or -1
2970 int set_from_file_at_size(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ filename
, int width
, int height
, AT1
/*GLib2.Error**/ error
=null) nothrow {
2971 return mx_image_set_from_file_at_size(&this, toCString
!(char*)(filename
), width
, height
, UpCast
!(GLib2
.Error
**)(error
));
2975 // Set the MxImage:image-rotation property.
2976 // <rotation>: Rotation angle in degrees
2977 void set_image_rotation()(float rotation
) nothrow {
2978 mx_image_set_image_rotation(&this, rotation
);
2982 // Sets whether to load images asynchronously. Asynchronous image loading
2983 // requires thread support (see g_thread_init()).
2985 // When using asynchronous image loading, all image-loading functions will
2986 // return immediately as successful. The #MxImage::image-loaded and
2987 // #MxImage::image-load-error signals are used to signal success or failure
2988 // of asynchronous image loading.
2989 // <load_async>: %TRUE to load images asynchronously
2990 void set_load_async()(int load_async
) nothrow {
2991 mx_image_set_load_async(&this, load_async
);
2995 // Sets the threshold used to determine whether to scale the height of the
2996 // image. If a specific height is requested, the image height is allowed to
2997 // differ by this amount before scaling is employed.
2999 // This can be useful to avoid excessive CPU usage when the image differs
3000 // only slightly to the desired size.
3001 // <pixels>: Number of pixels
3002 void set_scale_height_threshold()(uint pixels
) nothrow {
3003 mx_image_set_scale_height_threshold(&this, pixels
);
3007 // Set the scale mode on @MxImage
3008 // <mode>: The #MxImageScaleMode to set
3009 void set_scale_mode()(ImageScaleMode mode
) nothrow {
3010 mx_image_set_scale_mode(&this, mode
);
3014 // Sets the threshold used to determine whether to scale the width of the
3015 // image. If a specific width is requested, the image width is allowed to
3016 // differ by this amount before scaling is employed.
3018 // This can be useful to avoid excessive CPU usage when the image differs
3019 // only slightly to the desired size.
3020 // <pixels>: Number of pixels
3021 void set_scale_width_threshold()(uint pixels
) nothrow {
3022 mx_image_set_scale_width_threshold(&this, pixels
);
3026 // Set the MxImage:transition-duration property.
3027 // <duration>: Transition duration in milliseconds
3028 void set_transition_duration()(uint duration
) nothrow {
3029 mx_image_set_transition_duration(&this, duration
);
3033 // Emitted when an asynchronous image load has encountered an error
3034 // and cannot load the requested image.
3035 extern (C
) alias static void function (Image
* this_
, GLib2
.Error
* since
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_image_load_error
;
3037 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
3038 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
3041 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"image-load-error", CB
/*:signal_image_load_error*/)
3042 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
3043 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_image_load_error
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_image_load_error
)()) {
3044 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"image-load-error",
3045 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
3049 // Emitted when an asynchronous image load has completed successfully
3050 extern (C
) alias static void function (Image
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_image_loaded
;
3051 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"image-loaded", CB
/*:signal_image_loaded*/)
3052 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
3053 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_image_loaded
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_image_loaded
)()) {
3054 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"image-loaded",
3055 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
3060 private WidgetClass parent_class
;
3061 extern (C
) void function (Image
* image
) nothrow image_loaded
;
3062 extern (C
) void function (Image
* image
, GLib2
.Error
* error
) nothrow image_load_error
;
3069 INVALID_PARAMETER
= 3
3071 struct ImagePrivate
{
3074 // Defines the scaling mode of an image.
3075 enum ImageScaleMode
{
3080 // This is an opaque structure whose members cannot be directly accessed.
3081 struct ItemFactory
/* Interface */ {
3082 mixin template __interface__() {
3084 // RETURNS: the new item
3085 Clutter
.Actor
* /*new*/ create()() nothrow {
3086 return mx_item_factory_create(cast(ItemFactory
*)&this);
3089 mixin __interface__
;
3092 // Interface for creating custom items
3093 struct ItemFactoryIface
{
3094 private GObject2
.TypeInterface g_iface
;
3095 // RETURNS: the new item
3096 extern (C
) Clutter
.Actor
* /*new*/ function (ItemFactory
* factory
) nothrow create
;
3097 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
3098 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
3099 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
3100 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
3101 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
3105 // The contents of the this structure are private and should only be accessed
3106 // through the public API.
3107 struct ItemView
/* : Grid */ {
3108 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3109 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3110 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3111 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3112 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
3113 mixin Scrollable
.__interface__
;
3114 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
3116 alias parent super_
;
3119 private ItemViewPrivate
* priv
;
3122 // Create a new #MxItemView
3123 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxItemView
3124 static ItemView
* new_()() nothrow {
3125 return mx_item_view_new();
3127 static auto opCall()() {
3128 return mx_item_view_new();
3131 // Adds an attribute mapping between the current model and the objects from the
3133 // <attribute>: Name of the attribute
3134 // <column>: Column number
3135 void add_attribute(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ attribute
, int column
) nothrow {
3136 mx_item_view_add_attribute(&this, toCString
!(char*)(attribute
), column
);
3139 // Freeze the view. This means that the view will not act on changes to the
3140 // model until it is thawed. Call #mx_item_view_thaw to thaw the view
3141 void freeze()() nothrow {
3142 mx_item_view_freeze(&this);
3145 // Gets the #MxItemFactory used for creating new items.
3146 // RETURNS: A #MxItemFactory.
3147 ItemFactory
* get_factory()() nothrow {
3148 return mx_item_view_get_factory(&this);
3151 // Get the item type currently being used to create items
3152 // RETURNS: a #GType
3153 Type
get_item_type()() nothrow {
3154 return mx_item_view_get_item_type(&this);
3157 // Get the model currently used by the #MxItemView
3158 // RETURNS: the current #ClutterModel
3159 Clutter
.Model
* get_model()() nothrow {
3160 return mx_item_view_get_model(&this);
3163 // Sets @factory to be the factory used for creating new items
3164 // <factory>: A #MxItemFactory
3165 void set_factory(AT0
)(AT0
/*ItemFactory*/ factory
=null) nothrow {
3166 mx_item_view_set_factory(&this, UpCast
!(ItemFactory
*)(factory
));
3169 // Set the item type used to create items representing each row in the
3171 // <item_type>: A #GType
3172 void set_item_type()(Type item_type
) nothrow {
3173 mx_item_view_set_item_type(&this, item_type
);
3176 // Set the model used by the #MxItemView
3177 // <model>: A #ClutterModel
3178 void set_model(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Model*/ model
) nothrow {
3179 mx_item_view_set_model(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Model
*)(model
));
3182 // Thaw the view. This means that the view will now act on changes to the
3184 void thaw()() nothrow {
3185 mx_item_view_thaw(&this);
3189 struct ItemViewClass
{
3190 GridClass parent_class
;
3191 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
3192 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
3193 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
3194 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
3195 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
3198 struct ItemViewPrivate
{
3202 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
3203 // the provided API.
3204 struct KineticScrollView
/* : Bin */ {
3205 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3206 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3207 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3208 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3209 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
3210 mixin Scrollable
.__interface__
;
3211 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
3212 alias parent_instance
this;
3213 alias parent_instance super_
;
3214 alias parent_instance bin
;
3215 Bin parent_instance
;
3216 private KineticScrollViewPrivate
* priv
;
3220 // Creates a new #MxKineticScrollView.
3221 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxKineticScrollView
3222 static KineticScrollView
* new_()() nothrow {
3223 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_new();
3225 static auto opCall()() {
3226 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_new();
3230 // Retrieves the initial acceleration factor of the kinetic scroll-view.
3231 // RETURNS: The initial acceleration factor of the kinetic scroll-view
3232 double get_acceleration_factor()() nothrow {
3233 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_acceleration_factor(&this);
3237 // Retrieves the duration of the adjustment clamp animation.
3238 // RETURNS: Clamp duration
3239 uint get_clamp_duration()() nothrow {
3240 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_clamp_duration(&this);
3244 // Retrieves the animation mode to use for the adjustment clamp animation.
3245 // RETURNS: Clamp mode
3246 c_ulong
get_clamp_mode()() nothrow {
3247 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_clamp_mode(&this);
3251 // Retrieves whether to clamp to step increments based on the center of the page.
3252 // RETURNS: Clamp to center
3253 int get_clamp_to_center()() nothrow {
3254 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_clamp_to_center(&this);
3258 // Retrieves the deceleration rate of the kinetic scroll-view.
3259 // RETURNS: The deceleration rate of the kinetic scroll-view
3260 double get_deceleration()() nothrow {
3261 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_deceleration(&this);
3265 // Gets the #MxKineticScrollView:mouse-button property
3267 // kinetic scroll-view
3268 // RETURNS: The mouse button number used to initiate drag events on the
3269 uint get_mouse_button()() nothrow {
3270 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_mouse_button(&this);
3274 // Retrieves the deceleration rate multiplier used when the scroll-view is
3275 // scrolling beyond its boundaries.
3276 double get_overshoot()() nothrow {
3277 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_overshoot(&this);
3280 // Retrieves the scrolling policy of the kinetic scroll-view.
3281 // RETURNS: A #MxScrollPolicy
3282 ScrollPolicy
get_scroll_policy()() nothrow {
3283 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_scroll_policy(&this);
3287 // Gets the #MxKineticScrollView:use-captured property.
3288 // RETURNS: %TRUE if captured-events should be used to initiate scrolling
3289 int get_use_captured()() nothrow {
3290 return mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_use_captured(&this);
3294 // Factor applied to the initial momentum.
3295 // <acceleration_factor>: The acceleration factor
3296 void set_acceleration_factor()(double acceleration_factor
) nothrow {
3297 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_acceleration_factor(&this, acceleration_factor
);
3301 // Duration of the adjustment clamp animation.
3302 // <clamp_duration>: Clamp duration
3303 void set_clamp_duration()(uint clamp_duration
) nothrow {
3304 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_clamp_duration(&this, clamp_duration
);
3308 // Animation mode to use for the adjustment clamp animation.
3309 // <clamp_mode>: Clamp mode
3310 void set_clamp_mode()(c_ulong clamp_mode
) nothrow {
3311 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_clamp_mode(&this, clamp_mode
);
3315 // Set whether to clamp to step increments based on the center of the page.
3316 // <clamp_to_center>: Clamp to center
3317 void set_clamp_to_center()(int clamp_to_center
) nothrow {
3318 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_clamp_to_center(&this, clamp_to_center
);
3322 // Sets the deceleration rate when a drag is finished on the kinetic
3323 // scroll-view. This is the value that the momentum is divided by
3324 // every 60th of a second.
3325 // <rate>: The deceleration rate
3326 void set_deceleration()(double rate
) nothrow {
3327 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_deceleration(&this, rate
);
3331 // Sets the mouse button number used to initiate drag events on the kinetic
3333 // <button>: A mouse button number
3334 void set_mouse_button()(uint button
) nothrow {
3335 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_mouse_button(&this, button
);
3339 // Sets the rate at which the view will decelerate when scrolling beyond its
3340 // boundaries. The deceleration rate will be multiplied by this value every
3341 // 60th of a second when the view is scrolling outside of the range set by its
3344 // See mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_deceleration()
3345 // <overshoot>: The rate at which the view will decelerate when scrolling beyond its boundaries.
3346 void set_overshoot()(double overshoot
) nothrow {
3347 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_overshoot(&this, overshoot
);
3350 // Sets the scrolling policy for the kinetic scroll-view. This controls the
3351 // possible axes of movement, and can affect the minimum size of the widget.
3352 // <policy>: A #MxScrollPolicy
3353 void set_scroll_policy()(ScrollPolicy policy
) nothrow {
3354 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_scroll_policy(&this, policy
);
3358 // Sets whether to use captured events to initiate drag events. This can be
3359 // used to block events that would initiate scrolling from reaching the child
3361 // <use_captured>: %TRUE to use captured events
3362 void set_use_captured()(int use_captured
) nothrow {
3363 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_use_captured(&this, use_captured
);
3367 // Stops any current movement due to kinetic scrolling.
3368 void stop()() nothrow {
3369 mx_kinetic_scroll_view_stop(&this);
3373 struct KineticScrollViewClass
{
3374 BinClass parent_class
;
3377 struct KineticScrollViewPrivate
{
3380 enum KineticScrollViewState
{
3387 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
3388 // the provided API.
3389 struct Label
/* : Widget */ {
3390 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3391 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3392 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3393 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3394 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
3395 alias parent_instance
this;
3396 alias parent_instance super_
;
3397 alias parent_instance widget
;
3398 Widget parent_instance
;
3399 private LabelPrivate
* priv
;
3402 // Create a new #MxLabel
3403 // RETURNS: a new #MxLabel
3404 static Label
* new_()() nothrow {
3405 return mx_label_new();
3407 static auto opCall()() {
3408 return mx_label_new();
3411 // Create a new #MxLabel with the specified label
3412 // RETURNS: a new #MxLabel
3413 // <text>: text to set the label to
3414 static Label
* new_with_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
3415 return mx_label_new_with_text(toCString
!(char*)(text
));
3417 static auto opCall(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) {
3418 return mx_label_new_with_text(toCString
!(char*)(text
));
3421 // Retrieve the internal #ClutterText so that extra parameters can be set
3423 // is owned by the #MxLabel and should not be unref'ed by the application.
3424 // RETURNS: the #ClutterText used by #MxLabel. The label
3425 Clutter
.Actor
* get_clutter_text()() nothrow {
3426 return mx_label_get_clutter_text(&this);
3430 // Determines whether the label has been set to fade out when there isn't
3431 // enough space allocated to display the entire label.
3432 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the label is set to fade out, %FALSE otherwise
3433 int get_fade_out()() nothrow {
3434 return mx_label_get_fade_out(&this);
3438 // Get the value of the #MxLabel:line-wrap property.
3439 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the "line-wrap" property is set.
3440 int get_line_wrap()() nothrow {
3441 return mx_label_get_line_wrap(&this);
3445 // Returns the current value of the #MxLabel:show-tooltip property.
3446 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the #MxLabel:show-tooltip property is enabled
3447 int get_show_tooltip()() nothrow {
3448 return mx_label_get_show_tooltip(&this);
3451 // Get the text displayed on the label
3452 // RETURNS: the text for the label. This must not be freed by the application
3453 char* get_text()() nothrow {
3454 return mx_label_get_text(&this);
3458 // Determines whether the text of the label is being treated as Pango markup.
3460 // %FALSE otherwise.
3461 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the text of the label is treated as Pango markup,
3462 int get_use_markup()() nothrow {
3463 return mx_label_get_use_markup(&this);
3465 Align
get_x_align()() nothrow {
3466 return mx_label_get_x_align(&this);
3468 Align
get_y_align()() nothrow {
3469 return mx_label_get_y_align(&this);
3473 // Set whether to fade out the end of the label, instead of ellipsizing.
3474 // Enabling this mode will also set the #ClutterText:single-line-mode and
3475 // #ClutterText:ellipsize properties.
3476 // <fade>: %TRUE to fade out, %FALSE otherwise
3477 void set_fade_out()(int fade
) nothrow {
3478 mx_label_set_fade_out(&this, fade
);
3482 // Set the value of the #MxLabel:line-wrap property.
3483 // <line_wrap>: new value of the line-wrap property.
3484 void set_line_wrap()(int line_wrap
) nothrow {
3485 mx_label_set_line_wrap(&this, line_wrap
);
3489 // Set the value of the #MxLabel:show-tooltip property
3490 // <show_tooltip>: %TRUE if the tooltip should be shown
3491 void set_show_tooltip()(int show_tooltip
) nothrow {
3492 mx_label_set_show_tooltip(&this, show_tooltip
);
3495 // Sets the text displayed on the label
3496 // <text>: text to set the label to
3497 void set_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
3498 mx_label_set_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
3501 // Sets whether the text of the label should be treated as Pango markup.
3502 // <use_markup>: %TRUE to use Pango markup, %FALSE otherwise
3503 void set_use_markup()(int use_markup
) nothrow {
3504 mx_label_set_use_markup(&this, use_markup
);
3506 void set_x_align()(Align align_
) nothrow {
3507 mx_label_set_x_align(&this, align_
);
3509 void set_y_align()(Align align_
) nothrow {
3510 mx_label_set_y_align(&this, align_
);
3515 WidgetClass parent_class
;
3516 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
3517 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
3518 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
3519 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
3520 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
3523 struct LabelPrivate
{
3527 // The contents of the this structure are private and should only be accessed
3528 // through the public API.
3529 struct ListView
/* : BoxLayout */ {
3530 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3531 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3532 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3533 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3534 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
3535 mixin Scrollable
.__interface__
;
3536 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
3538 alias parent super_
;
3539 alias parent boxlayout
;
3541 private ListViewPrivate
* priv
;
3544 // Create a new #MxListView
3545 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxListView
3546 static ListView
* new_()() nothrow {
3547 return mx_list_view_new();
3549 static auto opCall()() {
3550 return mx_list_view_new();
3553 // Adds an attribute mapping between the current model and the objects from the
3555 // <attribute>: Name of the attribute
3556 // <column>: Column number
3557 void add_attribute(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ attribute
, int column
) nothrow {
3558 mx_list_view_add_attribute(&this, toCString
!(char*)(attribute
), column
);
3561 // Freeze the view. This means that the view will not act on changes to the
3562 // model until it is thawed. Call #mx_list_view_thaw to thaw the view.
3563 void freeze()() nothrow {
3564 mx_list_view_freeze(&this);
3567 // Gets the #MxItemFactory used for creating new list items.
3568 // RETURNS: A #MxItemFactory.
3569 ItemFactory
* get_factory()() nothrow {
3570 return mx_list_view_get_factory(&this);
3573 // Get the item type currently being used to create items
3574 // RETURNS: a #GType
3575 Type
get_item_type()() nothrow {
3576 return mx_list_view_get_item_type(&this);
3579 // Get the model currently used by the #MxListView
3580 // RETURNS: the current #ClutterModel
3581 Clutter
.Model
* get_model()() nothrow {
3582 return mx_list_view_get_model(&this);
3585 // Sets @factory to be the factory used for creating new list items
3586 // <factory>: A #MxItemFactory
3587 void set_factory(AT0
)(AT0
/*ItemFactory*/ factory
=null) nothrow {
3588 mx_list_view_set_factory(&this, UpCast
!(ItemFactory
*)(factory
));
3591 // Set the item type used to create items representing each row in the
3593 // <item_type>: A #GType
3594 void set_item_type()(Type item_type
) nothrow {
3595 mx_list_view_set_item_type(&this, item_type
);
3598 // Set the model used by the #MxListView
3599 // <model>: A #ClutterModel
3600 void set_model(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Model*/ model
) nothrow {
3601 mx_list_view_set_model(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Model
*)(model
));
3604 // Thaw the view. This means that the view will now act on changes to the
3606 void thaw()() nothrow {
3607 mx_list_view_thaw(&this);
3611 struct ListViewClass
{
3612 BoxLayoutClass parent_class
;
3613 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
3614 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
3615 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
3616 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
3617 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
3620 struct ListViewPrivate
{
3623 enum LongPressAction
{
3628 enum int MAJOR_VERSION
= 1;
3629 enum int MICRO_VERSION
= 2;
3630 enum int MINOR_VERSION
= 99;
3632 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
3633 // through the public API.
3634 struct Menu
/* : FloatingWidget */ {
3635 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3636 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3637 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3638 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3639 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
3640 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
3642 alias parent super_
;
3643 alias parent floatingwidget
;
3644 FloatingWidget parent
;
3645 private MenuPrivate
* priv
;
3648 // Create a new #MxMenu
3649 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxMenu
3650 static Menu
* new_()() nothrow {
3651 return mx_menu_new();
3653 static auto opCall()() {
3654 return mx_menu_new();
3657 // Append @action to @menu.
3658 // <action>: A #MxAction
3659 void add_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*Action*/ action
) nothrow {
3660 mx_menu_add_action(&this, UpCast
!(Action
*)(action
));
3663 // Remove @action from @menu.
3664 // <action>: A #MxAction
3665 void remove_action(AT0
)(AT0
/*Action*/ action
) nothrow {
3666 mx_menu_remove_action(&this, UpCast
!(Action
*)(action
));
3668 // Remove all the actions from @menu.
3669 void remove_all()() nothrow {
3670 mx_menu_remove_all(&this);
3673 // Moves the menu to the specified position and shows it.
3676 void show_with_position()(float x
, float y
) nothrow {
3677 mx_menu_show_with_position(&this, x
, y
);
3679 extern (C
) alias static void function (Menu
* this_
, Action
* object
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_action_activated
;
3681 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
3682 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
3685 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"action-activated", CB
/*:signal_action_activated*/)
3686 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
3687 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_action_activated
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_action_activated
)()) {
3688 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"action-activated",
3689 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
3694 FloatingWidgetClass parent_class
;
3695 extern (C
) void function (Menu
* menu
, Action
* action
) nothrow action_activated
;
3696 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
3697 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
3698 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
3699 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
3700 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
3703 struct MenuPrivate
{
3707 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
3708 // the provided API.
3709 struct Notebook
/* : Widget */ {
3710 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3711 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3712 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3713 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3714 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
3715 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
3717 alias parent super_
;
3718 alias parent widget
;
3720 NotebookPrivate
* priv
;
3722 static Notebook
* new_()() nothrow {
3723 return mx_notebook_new();
3725 static auto opCall()() {
3726 return mx_notebook_new();
3729 // Get the current page
3730 // RETURNS: the current page
3731 Clutter
.Actor
* get_current_page()() nothrow {
3732 return mx_notebook_get_current_page(&this);
3734 int get_enable_gestures()() nothrow {
3735 return mx_notebook_get_enable_gestures(&this);
3737 // Change the current page to next one.
3738 void next_page()() nothrow {
3739 mx_notebook_next_page(&this);
3741 // Change the current page to previous one.
3742 void previous_page()() nothrow {
3743 mx_notebook_previous_page(&this);
3745 void set_current_page(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ page
) nothrow {
3746 mx_notebook_set_current_page(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(page
));
3748 void set_enable_gestures()(int enabled
) nothrow {
3749 mx_notebook_set_enable_gestures(&this, enabled
);
3753 struct NotebookClass
{
3754 WidgetClass parent_class
;
3755 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
3756 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
3757 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
3758 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
3759 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
3762 struct NotebookPrivate
{
3766 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
3767 // the provided API.
3768 struct Offscreen
/* : Clutter.Texture */ {
3769 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3770 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3771 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3772 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3773 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
3775 alias parent super_
;
3776 alias parent texture
;
3777 Clutter
.Texture parent
;
3778 OffscreenPrivate
* priv
;
3781 // Creates a new #MxOffscreen.
3782 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxOffscreen
3783 static Offscreen
* new_()() nothrow {
3784 return mx_offscreen_new();
3786 static auto opCall()() {
3787 return mx_offscreen_new();
3791 // Gets the value of the #MxOffscreen:accumulation-enabled property.
3792 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the accumulation buffer is enabled
3793 int get_accumulation_enabled()() nothrow {
3794 return mx_offscreen_get_accumulation_enabled(&this);
3798 // Gets the #MxOffscreen:accumulation-material property.
3800 // for the accumulation buffer
3801 // RETURNS: The #CoglHandle for the material used
3802 Cogl
.Handle
get_accumulation_material()() nothrow {
3803 return mx_offscreen_get_accumulation_material(&this);
3806 // Gets the value of the #MxOffscreen:auto-update property.
3807 // RETURNS: #TRUE if automatic updating of the offscreen surface is enabled
3808 int get_auto_update()() nothrow {
3809 return mx_offscreen_get_auto_update(&this);
3813 // Gets the value of the #MxOffscreen:buffer property.
3814 // RETURNS: the #CoglHandle for the offscreen buffer object
3815 Cogl
.Handle
get_buffer()() nothrow {
3816 return mx_offscreen_get_buffer(&this);
3819 // Gets the value of the #MxOffscreen:child property.
3820 // RETURNS: The child of the offscreen widget
3821 Clutter
.Actor
* get_child()() nothrow {
3822 return mx_offscreen_get_child(&this);
3825 // Gets the value of the #MxOffscreen:pick-child property.
3826 // RETURNS: #TRUE if picking of the child is enabled.
3827 int get_pick_child()() nothrow {
3828 return mx_offscreen_get_pick_child(&this);
3832 // Gets the value of the #MxOffscreen:redirect-enabled property.
3833 // RETURNS: #TRUE if offscreen redirection is enabled
3834 int get_redirect_enabled()() nothrow {
3835 return mx_offscreen_get_redirect_enabled(&this);
3839 // Sets whether the accumulation buffer is enabled. When enabled, an extra
3840 // offscreen buffer is allocated, and the contents of the offscreen texture
3841 // are blended with this accumulation buffer. By default, the blend function
3842 // is set to blend the contents of the offscreen texture with the accumulation
3843 // buffer at the opacity specified in the alpha component of the blend
3844 // constant. This opacity is 50% by default.
3845 // <enable>: #TRUE to enable an accumulation buffer
3846 void set_accumulation_enabled()(int enable
) nothrow {
3847 mx_offscreen_set_accumulation_enabled(&this, enable
);
3850 // Enable automatic updating of the offscreen surface when the child is
3852 // <auto_update>: #TRUE if the offscreen surface should be automatically updated
3853 void set_auto_update()(int auto_update
) nothrow {
3854 mx_offscreen_set_auto_update(&this, auto_update
);
3857 // Redirects the painting of @actor to the offscreen surface owned by
3858 // @offscreen. In the event that @actor is unparented, it will be parented
3859 // to @offscreen. Note that when you redirect the painting of @actor, it
3860 // will no longer be painted in its original position in the scenegraph.
3861 // <actor>: A #ClutterActor
3862 void set_child(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
3863 mx_offscreen_set_child(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
3866 // Enable picking of the child actor.
3867 // <pick>: #TRUE to enable picking of the child actor
3868 void set_pick_child()(int pick
) nothrow {
3869 mx_offscreen_set_pick_child(&this, pick
);
3873 // Sets the value of the #MxOffscreen:redirect-enabled property. When
3874 // redirection is enabled, the painting of the child of @offscreen will be
3875 // redirected to the texture of @offscreen.
3876 // <enabled>: #TRUE if redirection to the offscreen surface should be enabled
3877 void set_redirect_enabled()(int enabled
) nothrow {
3878 mx_offscreen_set_redirect_enabled(&this, enabled
);
3881 // Updates the offscreen surface. This causes the child of @offscreen to be
3882 // drawn into the texture of @offscreen.
3883 void update()() nothrow {
3884 mx_offscreen_update(&this);
3888 struct OffscreenClass
{
3889 Clutter
.TextureClass parent_class
;
3890 extern (C
) void function (Offscreen
* self
) nothrow paint_child
;
3891 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
3892 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
3893 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
3894 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
3895 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
3898 struct OffscreenPrivate
{
3901 // Defines the orientation of various layout widgets.
3906 enum int PARAM_TRANSLATEABLE
= 256;
3907 // The padding from the internal border of the parent container.
3909 float top
, right
, bottom
, left
;
3913 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
3914 // the provided API.
3915 struct PathBar
/* : Widget */ {
3916 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
3917 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
3918 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
3919 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
3920 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
3921 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
3923 alias parent super_
;
3924 alias parent widget
;
3926 PathBarPrivate
* priv
;
3928 static PathBar
* new_()() nothrow {
3929 return mx_path_bar_new();
3931 static auto opCall()() {
3932 return mx_path_bar_new();
3934 // Remove all the current buttons
3935 void clear()() nothrow {
3936 mx_path_bar_clear(&this);
3939 // Get the value of the #MxPathBar:clear-on-change property
3940 // RETURNS: the value of the "clear-on-change" property
3941 int get_clear_on_change()() nothrow {
3942 return mx_path_bar_get_clear_on_change(&this);
3945 // Get the value of the #MxPathBar:editable property.
3946 // RETURNS: the current value of the "editable" property.
3947 int get_editable()() nothrow {
3948 return mx_path_bar_get_editable(&this);
3951 // Get the MxEntry used as the editable area in the MxPathBar.
3952 // RETURNS: MxEntry *
3953 Entry
* get_entry()() nothrow {
3954 return mx_path_bar_get_entry(&this);
3956 char* get_label()(int level
) nothrow {
3957 return mx_path_bar_get_label(&this, level
);
3959 int get_level()() nothrow {
3960 return mx_path_bar_get_level(&this);
3962 char* get_text()() nothrow {
3963 return mx_path_bar_get_text(&this);
3965 int pop()() nothrow {
3966 return mx_path_bar_pop(&this);
3968 int push(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ name
) nothrow {
3969 return mx_path_bar_push(&this, toCString
!(char*)(name
));
3972 // Set theh value of the #MxPathBar:clear-on-change property
3973 // <clear_on_change>: the new value of the property
3974 void set_clear_on_change()(int clear_on_change
) nothrow {
3975 mx_path_bar_set_clear_on_change(&this, clear_on_change
);
3978 // Set the value of the #MxPathBar:editable property.
3979 // <editable>: #TRUE if the path bar should be editable
3980 void set_editable()(int editable
) nothrow {
3981 mx_path_bar_set_editable(&this, editable
);
3984 // Set the text on the button specified by @level
3986 // <label>: A #gchar
3987 void set_label(AT0
)(int level
, AT0
/*char*/ label
) nothrow {
3988 mx_path_bar_set_label(&this, level
, toCString
!(char*)(label
));
3991 // Set the text in the editable area of the #MxPathBar
3992 // <text>: string to set the editable text to.
3993 void set_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
3994 mx_path_bar_set_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
3998 struct PathBarClass
{
3999 WidgetClass parent_class
;
4000 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4001 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4002 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4003 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4004 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4007 struct PathBarPrivate
{
4010 // Defines the position of an interface element.
4011 enum Position
/* Version 1.2 */ {
4018 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be
4019 // accessed through the public API.
4020 struct ProgressBar
/* : Widget */ {
4021 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
4022 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
4023 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
4024 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
4025 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
4027 alias parent super_
;
4028 alias parent widget
;
4030 private ProgressBarPrivate
* priv
;
4033 // Create a new progress bar
4034 // RETURNS: a new #MxProgressBar
4035 static ProgressBar
* new_()() nothrow {
4036 return mx_progress_bar_new();
4038 static auto opCall()() {
4039 return mx_progress_bar_new();
4042 // Get the progress of the progress bar
4043 // RETURNS: A value between 0.0 and 1.0
4044 double get_progress()() nothrow {
4045 return mx_progress_bar_get_progress(&this);
4048 // Set the progress of the progress bar
4049 // <progress>: A value between 0.0 and 1.0
4050 void set_progress()(double progress
) nothrow {
4051 mx_progress_bar_set_progress(&this, progress
);
4055 struct ProgressBarClass
{
4056 WidgetClass parent_class
;
4057 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4058 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4059 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4060 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4061 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4064 struct ProgressBarPrivate
{
4068 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
4069 // through the public API.
4070 struct ScrollBar
/* : Bin */ {
4071 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
4072 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
4073 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
4074 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
4075 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
4076 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
4077 alias parent_instance
this;
4078 alias parent_instance super_
;
4079 alias parent_instance bin
;
4080 Bin parent_instance
;
4081 private ScrollBarPrivate
* priv
;
4084 // Create a new #MxScrollBar
4085 // RETURNS: a new #MxScrollBar
4086 static ScrollBar
* new_()() nothrow {
4087 return mx_scroll_bar_new();
4089 static auto opCall()() {
4090 return mx_scroll_bar_new();
4093 // Create a new #MxScrollBar with the given adjustment set
4094 // RETURNS: a new #MxScrollBar
4095 // <adjustment>: an #MxAdjustment
4096 static ScrollBar
* new_with_adjustment(AT0
)(AT0
/*Adjustment*/ adjustment
) nothrow {
4097 return mx_scroll_bar_new_with_adjustment(UpCast
!(Adjustment
*)(adjustment
));
4099 static auto opCall(AT0
)(AT0
/*Adjustment*/ adjustment
) {
4100 return mx_scroll_bar_new_with_adjustment(UpCast
!(Adjustment
*)(adjustment
));
4103 // Gets the adjustment object that stores the current position
4104 // of the scrollbar.
4105 // RETURNS: the adjustment
4106 Adjustment
* get_adjustment()() nothrow {
4107 return mx_scroll_bar_get_adjustment(&this);
4109 Orientation
get_orientation()() nothrow {
4110 return mx_scroll_bar_get_orientation(&this);
4112 void set_adjustment(AT0
)(AT0
/*Adjustment*/ adjustment
) nothrow {
4113 mx_scroll_bar_set_adjustment(&this, UpCast
!(Adjustment
*)(adjustment
));
4115 void set_orientation()(Orientation orientation
) nothrow {
4116 mx_scroll_bar_set_orientation(&this, orientation
);
4118 extern (C
) alias static void function (ScrollBar
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_scroll_start
;
4120 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
4121 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
4124 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"scroll-start", CB
/*:signal_scroll_start*/)
4125 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
4126 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_scroll_start
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_scroll_start
)()) {
4127 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"scroll-start",
4128 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
4130 extern (C
) alias static void function (ScrollBar
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_scroll_stop
;
4131 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"scroll-stop", CB
/*:signal_scroll_stop*/)
4132 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
4133 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_scroll_stop
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_scroll_stop
)()) {
4134 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"scroll-stop",
4135 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
4139 struct ScrollBarClass
{
4140 BinClass parent_class
;
4141 extern (C
) void function (ScrollBar
* bar
) nothrow scroll_start
;
4142 extern (C
) void function (ScrollBar
* bar
) nothrow scroll_stop
;
4143 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4144 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4145 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4146 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4147 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4150 struct ScrollBarPrivate
{
4153 // Defines the scrolling policy of scrollable widgets.
4161 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
4162 // through the public API.
4163 struct ScrollView
/* : Bin */ {
4164 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
4165 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
4166 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
4167 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
4168 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
4169 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
4170 alias parent_instance
this;
4171 alias parent_instance super_
;
4172 alias parent_instance bin
;
4173 Bin parent_instance
;
4174 private ScrollViewPrivate
* priv
;
4176 static ScrollView
* new_()() nothrow {
4177 return mx_scroll_view_new();
4179 static auto opCall()() {
4180 return mx_scroll_view_new();
4183 // Ensures that a given region is visible in the ScrollView, with the top-left
4184 // taking precedence.
4185 // <geometry>: The region to make visible
4186 void ensure_visible(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Geometry*/ geometry
) nothrow {
4187 mx_scroll_view_ensure_visible(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Geometry
*)(geometry
));
4189 int get_enable_gestures()() nothrow {
4190 return mx_scroll_view_get_enable_gestures(&this);
4192 int get_enable_mouse_scrolling()() nothrow {
4193 return mx_scroll_view_get_enable_mouse_scrolling(&this);
4195 ScrollPolicy
get_scroll_policy()() nothrow {
4196 return mx_scroll_view_get_scroll_policy(&this);
4198 void set_enable_gestures()(int enabled
) nothrow {
4199 mx_scroll_view_set_enable_gestures(&this, enabled
);
4201 void set_enable_mouse_scrolling()(int enabled
) nothrow {
4202 mx_scroll_view_set_enable_mouse_scrolling(&this, enabled
);
4204 void set_scroll_policy()(ScrollPolicy policy
) nothrow {
4205 mx_scroll_view_set_scroll_policy(&this, policy
);
4209 struct ScrollViewClass
{
4210 BinClass parent_class
;
4211 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4212 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4213 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4214 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4215 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4218 struct ScrollViewPrivate
{
4221 // This is an opaque structure whose members cannot be directly accessed.
4222 struct Scrollable
/* Interface */ {
4223 mixin template __interface__() {
4224 // Gets the adjustment objects that store the offsets of the scrollable widget
4225 // into its possible scrolling area.
4226 // <hadjustment>: location to store the horizontal adjustment, or %NULL
4227 // <vadjustment>: location to store the vertical adjustment, or %NULL
4228 void get_adjustments(AT0
, AT1
)(/*out*/ AT0
/*Adjustment**/ hadjustment
=null, /*out*/ AT1
/*Adjustment**/ vadjustment
=null) nothrow {
4229 mx_scrollable_get_adjustments(cast(Scrollable
*)&this, UpCast
!(Adjustment
**)(hadjustment
), UpCast
!(Adjustment
**)(vadjustment
));
4231 void set_adjustments(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Adjustment*/ hadjustment
, AT1
/*Adjustment*/ vadjustment
) nothrow {
4232 mx_scrollable_set_adjustments(cast(Scrollable
*)&this, UpCast
!(Adjustment
*)(hadjustment
), UpCast
!(Adjustment
*)(vadjustment
));
4235 mixin __interface__
;
4238 struct ScrollableIface
{
4239 private GObject2
.TypeInterface parent
;
4240 extern (C
) void function (Scrollable
* scrollable
, Adjustment
* hadjustment
, Adjustment
* vadjustment
) nothrow set_adjustments
;
4242 // <hadjustment>: location to store the horizontal adjustment, or %NULL
4243 // <vadjustment>: location to store the vertical adjustment, or %NULL
4244 extern (C
) void function (Scrollable
* scrollable
, /*out*/ Adjustment
** hadjustment
=null, /*out*/ Adjustment
** vadjustment
=null) nothrow get_adjustments
;
4247 struct Settings
/* : GObject.Object */ {
4249 alias parent super_
;
4250 alias parent object
;
4251 GObject2
.Object parent
;
4252 SettingsPrivate
* priv
;
4255 // Get the global MxSettings object.
4256 // RETURNS: an #MxSettings object
4257 static Settings
* get_default()() nothrow {
4258 return mx_settings_get_default();
4262 struct SettingsClass
{
4263 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
4264 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4265 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4266 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4267 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4268 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4271 struct SettingsPrivate
{
4274 struct SettingsProvider
{
4277 struct SettingsProviderIface
{
4278 private GObject2
.TypeInterface parent_iface
;
4279 // Unintrospectable functionp: setting_changed() / ()
4280 extern (C
) void function (SettingsProvider
* provider
, MxSettingsProperty id
) nothrow setting_changed
;
4281 // Unintrospectable functionp: get_setting() / ()
4282 extern (C
) int function (SettingsProvider
* provider
, MxSettingsProperty id
, void* value
) nothrow get_setting
;
4283 // Unintrospectable functionp: set_setting() / ()
4284 extern (C
) int function (SettingsProvider
* provider
, MxSettingsProperty id
, void* value
) nothrow set_setting
;
4288 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
4289 // through the public API.
4290 struct Slider
/* : Widget */ {
4291 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
4292 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
4293 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
4294 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
4295 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
4296 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
4298 alias parent super_
;
4299 alias parent widget
;
4301 private SliderPrivate
* priv
;
4304 // Create a new slider
4305 // RETURNS: a new #MxSlider
4306 static Slider
* new_()() nothrow {
4307 return mx_slider_new();
4309 static auto opCall()() {
4310 return mx_slider_new();
4314 // Get the value of the #MxSlider:buffer-value property.
4315 // RETURNS: The current value of the "buffer-value" property.
4316 double get_buffer_value()() nothrow {
4317 return mx_slider_get_buffer_value(&this);
4320 // Retrieve the current value of the media bar
4322 double get_value()() nothrow {
4323 return mx_slider_get_value(&this);
4327 // Set the value of the #MxSlider:buffer-value property.
4328 // <value>: the new buffer value of the slider
4329 void set_buffer_value()(double value
) nothrow {
4330 mx_slider_set_buffer_value(&this, value
);
4333 // Set the value of the slider
4334 // <value>: A value between 0.0 and 1.0
4335 void set_value()(double value
) nothrow {
4336 mx_slider_set_value(&this, value
);
4338 extern (C
) alias static void function (Slider
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_slide_start
;
4340 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
4341 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
4344 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"slide-start", CB
/*:signal_slide_start*/)
4345 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
4346 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_slide_start
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_slide_start
)()) {
4347 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"slide-start",
4348 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
4350 extern (C
) alias static void function (Slider
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_slide_stop
;
4351 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"slide-stop", CB
/*:signal_slide_stop*/)
4352 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
4353 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_slide_stop
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_slide_stop
)()) {
4354 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"slide-stop",
4355 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
4359 struct SliderClass
{
4360 WidgetClass parent_class
;
4361 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4362 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4363 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4364 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4365 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4368 struct SliderPrivate
{
4372 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
4373 // through the public API.
4374 struct Spinner
/* : Widget */ {
4375 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
4376 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
4377 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
4378 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
4379 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
4381 alias parent super_
;
4382 alias parent widget
;
4384 private SpinnerPrivate
* priv
;
4388 // Create a new #MxSpinner widget.
4389 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxSpinner
4390 static Spinner
* new_()() nothrow {
4391 return mx_spinner_new();
4393 static auto opCall()() {
4394 return mx_spinner_new();
4398 // Determines whether the spinner is animating.
4399 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the spinner is animating, %FALSE otherwise
4400 int get_animating()() nothrow {
4401 return mx_spinner_get_animating(&this);
4405 // Sets whether the spinner is animating. A spinner can be stopped if
4406 // the task it represents has finished, or to save energy.
4407 // <animating>: %TRUE to enable animation, %FALSE to disable
4408 void set_animating()(int animating
) nothrow {
4409 mx_spinner_set_animating(&this, animating
);
4413 // Emitted after the animation has displayed the final frame.
4414 extern (C
) alias static void function (Spinner
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_looped
;
4416 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
4417 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
4420 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"looped", CB
/*:signal_looped*/)
4421 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
4422 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_looped
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_looped
)()) {
4423 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"looped",
4424 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
4428 struct SpinnerClass
{
4429 WidgetClass parent_class
;
4430 extern (C
) void function (Spinner
* spinner
) nothrow looped
;
4431 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4432 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4433 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4434 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4437 struct SpinnerPrivate
{
4441 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
4442 // through the public API.
4443 struct Stack
/* : Widget */ {
4444 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
4445 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
4446 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
4447 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
4448 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
4449 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
4451 alias parent super_
;
4452 alias parent widget
;
4454 private StackPrivate
* priv
;
4458 // Create a new #MxStack.
4459 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxStack
4460 static Stack
* new_()() nothrow {
4461 return mx_stack_new();
4463 static auto opCall()() {
4464 return mx_stack_new();
4468 // Get the value of the #MxStackChild:fit property.
4469 // RETURNS: the current value of the #MxStackChild:crop property
4470 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4471 int child_get_crop(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
4472 return mx_stack_child_get_crop(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
4476 // Get the value of the #MxStackChild:fit property.
4477 // RETURNS: the current value of the #MxStackChild:fit property
4478 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4479 int child_get_fit(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
4480 return mx_stack_child_get_fit(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
4484 // Get the value of the #MxStackChild:x-align property
4485 // RETURNS: the current value of the "x-align" property
4486 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4487 Align
child_get_x_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
4488 return mx_stack_child_get_x_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
4492 // Get the value of the #MxStackChild:x-fill property.
4493 // RETURNS: the current value of the "x-fill" property.
4494 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4495 int child_get_x_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
4496 return mx_stack_child_get_x_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
4500 // Get the value of the #MxStackChild:y-align property.
4501 // RETURNS: the current value of the "y-align" property.
4502 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4503 Align
child_get_y_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
4504 return mx_stack_child_get_y_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
4508 // Get the value of the #MxStackChild:y-fill property
4509 // RETURNS: the current value of the "y-fill" property
4510 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4511 int child_get_y_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
4512 return mx_stack_child_get_y_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
4516 // Set the value of the #MxStackChild:crop property.
4517 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4518 // <crop>: A #gboolean
4519 void child_set_crop(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int crop
) nothrow {
4520 mx_stack_child_set_crop(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), crop
);
4524 // Set the value of the #MxStackChild:fit property.
4525 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4526 // <fit>: A #gboolean
4527 void child_set_fit(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int fit
) nothrow {
4528 mx_stack_child_set_fit(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), fit
);
4532 // Set the value of the #MxStackChild:x-align property.
4533 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4534 // <x_align>: An #MxAlign
4535 void child_set_x_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, Align x_align
) nothrow {
4536 mx_stack_child_set_x_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), x_align
);
4540 // Set the value of the #MxStackChild:x-fill property.
4541 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4542 // <x_fill>: A #gboolean
4543 void child_set_x_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int x_fill
) nothrow {
4544 mx_stack_child_set_x_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), x_fill
);
4548 // Set the value of the #MxStackChild:y-align property.
4549 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4550 // <y_align>: An #MxAlign
4551 void child_set_y_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, Align y_align
) nothrow {
4552 mx_stack_child_set_y_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), y_align
);
4556 // Set the value of the #MxStackChild:y-fill property.
4557 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
4558 // <y_fill>: A #gboolean
4559 void child_set_y_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int y_fill
) nothrow {
4560 mx_stack_child_set_y_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), y_fill
);
4565 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
4566 // through the public API.
4567 struct StackChild
/* : Clutter.ChildMeta */ {
4569 alias parent super_
;
4570 alias parent childmeta
;
4571 Clutter
.ChildMeta parent
;
4572 static import std
.bitmanip
; mixin(std
.bitmanip
.bitfields
!(
4577 uint, "__dummy32A", 28));
4578 private Align x_align
, y_align
;
4581 struct StackChildClass
{
4582 Clutter
.ChildMetaClass parent_class
;
4583 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4584 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4585 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4586 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4587 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4590 struct StackChildPrivate
{
4594 WidgetClass parent_class
;
4595 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4596 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4597 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4598 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4599 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4602 struct StackPrivate
{
4605 // This is an opaque structure whose members cannot be directly accessed.
4606 struct Stylable
/* Interface */ {
4607 mixin template __interface__() { void apply_clutter_text_attributes(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Text*/ text
) nothrow {
4608 mx_stylable_apply_clutter_text_attributes(cast(Stylable
*)&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Text
*)(text
));
4610 void connect_change_notifiers()() nothrow {
4611 mx_stylable_connect_change_notifiers(cast(Stylable
*)&this);
4614 // Finds the #GParamSpec installed by @stylable for the property
4615 // with @property_name.
4617 // or %NULL if no property with that name was found
4618 // RETURNS: a #GParamSpec for the given property,
4619 // <property_name>: the name of the property to find
4620 GObject2
.ParamSpec
* find_property(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ property_name
) nothrow {
4621 return mx_stylable_find_property(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(property_name
));
4624 // Unintrospectable method: get() / mx_stylable_get()
4625 // Gets the style properties for @stylable.
4627 // In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the called
4628 // is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for
4629 // the property type.
4632 // <title>Using mx_stylable_get(<!-- -->)</title>
4633 // <para>An example of using mx_stylable_get() to get the contents of
4634 // two style properties - one of type #G_TYPE_INT and one of type
4635 // #CLUTTER_TYPE_COLOR:</para>
4638 // ClutterColor *bg_color;
4640 // mx_stylable_get (stylable,
4641 // "x-spacing", &x_spacing,
4642 // "bg-color", &bg_color,
4645 // /<!-- -->* do something with x_spacing and bg_color *<!-- -->/
4647 // clutter_color_free (bg_color);
4648 // </programlisting>
4650 // <first_property_name>: name of the first property to get
4651 /+ Not available -- variadic methods unsupported - use the C function directly.
4652 alias mx_stylable_get get; // Variadic
4655 // Query @stylable for the default value of property @property_name and
4656 // fill @value_out with the result.
4659 // RETURNS: %TRUE if property @property_name exists and the default value has
4660 // <property_name>: name of the property to query
4661 // <value_out>: return location for the default value
4662 int get_default_value(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ property_name
, /*out*/ AT1
/*GObject2.Value*/ value_out
) nothrow {
4663 return mx_stylable_get_default_value(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(property_name
), UpCast
!(GObject2
.Value
*)(value_out
));
4666 // Retrieves the value of @property_name for @stylable, and puts it
4668 // <property_name>: the name of the property
4669 // <value>: return location for an empty #GValue
4670 void get_property(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ property_name
, /*out*/ AT1
/*GObject2.Value*/ value
) nothrow {
4671 mx_stylable_get_property(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(property_name
), UpCast
!(GObject2
.Value
*)(value
));
4674 // Retrieves the #MxStyle used by @stylable. This function does not
4675 // alter the reference count of the returned object.
4676 // RETURNS: a #MxStyle
4677 Style
* get_style()() nothrow {
4678 return mx_stylable_get_style(cast(Stylable
*)&this);
4681 // Get the current style class name
4683 // should not be modified or freed.
4684 // RETURNS: the class name string. The string is owned by the #MxWidget and
4685 char* get_style_class()() nothrow {
4686 return mx_stylable_get_style_class(cast(Stylable
*)&this);
4689 // Get the current style pseudo class. This can contain multiple pseudo class
4690 // names, separated by ':'.
4692 // should not be modified or freed.
4693 // RETURNS: the pseudo class string. The string is owned by the #MxWidget and
4694 char* get_style_pseudo_class()() nothrow {
4695 return mx_stylable_get_style_pseudo_class(cast(Stylable
*)&this);
4698 // Retrieves all the #GParamSpec<!-- -->s installed by @stylable.
4700 // of #GParamSpec<!-- -->s. Free it with g_free() when done.
4701 // RETURNS: an array
4702 // <n_props>: return location for the number of properties, or %NULL
4703 GObject2
.ParamSpec
** /*new container*/ list_properties(AT0
)(/*out*/ AT0
/*uint*/ n_props
) nothrow {
4704 return mx_stylable_list_properties(cast(Stylable
*)&this, UpCast
!(uint*)(n_props
));
4707 // Sets @style as the new #MxStyle to be used by @stylable.
4709 // The #MxStylable will take ownership of the passed #MxStyle.
4711 // After the #MxStyle has been set, the MxStylable::style-set signal
4713 // <style>: a #MxStyle
4714 void set_style(AT0
)(AT0
/*Style*/ style
) nothrow {
4715 mx_stylable_set_style(cast(Stylable
*)&this, UpCast
!(Style
*)(style
));
4718 // Set the style class name
4719 // <style_class>: a new style class string
4720 void set_style_class(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ style_class
) nothrow {
4721 mx_stylable_set_style_class(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(style_class
));
4724 // Set the style pseudo class. The string can contain multiple pseudo class
4725 // names, separated by ':'.
4726 // <pseudo_class>: a new pseudo class string
4727 void set_style_pseudo_class(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ pseudo_class
) nothrow {
4728 mx_stylable_set_style_pseudo_class(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(pseudo_class
));
4731 // Emit the "style-changed" signal on @stylable to notify it that one or more
4732 // of the style properties has changed.
4734 // If @stylable is a #ClutterContainer then the "style-changed" notification is
4735 // propagated to it's children, since their style may depend on one or more
4736 // properties of the parent.
4737 // <flags>: flags that control the style changing
4738 void style_changed()(StyleChangedFlags flags
) nothrow {
4739 mx_stylable_style_changed(cast(Stylable
*)&this, flags
);
4743 // Add a pseudo-class name to the list of pseudo classes, contained in the
4744 // #MxStylable:style-pseudo-class property.
4745 // <new_class>: A pseudo-class name to add
4746 void style_pseudo_class_add(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ new_class
) nothrow {
4747 mx_stylable_style_pseudo_class_add(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(new_class
));
4751 // Check if the given pseudo-class name is contained in the list of
4752 // set pseudo classes on this #MxStylable object.
4753 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the given pseudo-class is set, %FALSE otherwise
4754 // <pseudo_class>: A pseudo-class name
4755 int style_pseudo_class_contains(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ pseudo_class
) nothrow {
4756 return mx_stylable_style_pseudo_class_contains(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(pseudo_class
));
4760 // Remove the specified pseudo class name from the list of pseudo classes
4761 // contained in the #MxStylable:style-pseudo-class property.
4762 // <remove_class>: A pseudo class name to remove
4763 void style_pseudo_class_remove(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ remove_class
) nothrow {
4764 mx_stylable_style_pseudo_class_remove(cast(Stylable
*)&this, toCString
!(char*)(remove_class
));
4767 // The ::style-changed signal is emitted each time one of the style
4768 // properties have changed.
4769 // <flags>: the #MxStyleChangedFlags associated with the signal
4770 extern (C
) alias static void function (Stylable
* this_
, StyleChangedFlags
* flags
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_style_changed
;
4772 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
4773 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
4776 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"style-changed", CB
/*:signal_style_changed*/)
4777 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
4778 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_style_changed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_style_changed
)()) {
4779 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"style-changed",
4780 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
4783 mixin __interface__
;
4786 struct StylableIface
{
4787 private GObject2
.TypeInterface g_iface
;
4788 // RETURNS: a #MxStyle
4789 extern (C
) Style
* function (Stylable
* stylable
) nothrow get_style
;
4790 // <style>: a #MxStyle
4791 extern (C
) void function (Stylable
* stylable
, Style
* style
) nothrow set_style
;
4792 // RETURNS: the class name string. The string is owned by the #MxWidget and
4793 extern (C
) char* function (Stylable
* stylable
) nothrow get_style_class
;
4794 // <style_class>: a new style class string
4795 extern (C
) void function (Stylable
* stylable
, char* style_class
) nothrow set_style_class
;
4796 // RETURNS: the pseudo class string. The string is owned by the #MxWidget and
4797 extern (C
) char* function (Stylable
* stylable
) nothrow get_style_pseudo_class
;
4798 // <pseudo_class>: a new pseudo class string
4799 extern (C
) void function (Stylable
* stylable
, char* pseudo_class
) nothrow set_style_pseudo_class
;
4800 // <flags>: flags that control the style changing
4801 extern (C
) void function (Stylable
* stylable
, StyleChangedFlags flags
) nothrow style_changed
;
4804 // Installs a property for @owner_type using @pspec as the property
4807 // This function should be used inside the #MxStylableIface initialization
4808 // function of a class, for instance:
4810 // <informalexample><programlisting>
4811 // G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (FooActor, foo_actor, CLUTTER_TYPE_ACTOR,
4812 // G_IMPLEMENT_INTERFACE (MX_TYPE_STYLABLE,
4813 // mx_stylable_init));
4816 // mx_stylable_init (MxStylableIface *iface)
4818 // static gboolean is_initialized = FALSE;
4820 // if (!is_initialized)
4823 // mx_stylable_iface_install_property (stylable,
4825 // g_param_spec_int ("x-spacing",
4827 // "Horizontal spacing",
4830 // G_PARAM_READWRITE));
4834 // </programlisting></informalexample>
4835 // <owner_type>: #GType of the style property owner
4836 // <pspec>: a #GParamSpec
4837 void install_property(AT0
)(Type owner_type
, AT0
/*GObject2.ParamSpec*/ pspec
) nothrow {
4838 mx_stylable_iface_install_property(&this, owner_type
, UpCast
!(GObject2
.ParamSpec
*)(pspec
));
4843 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
4844 // the provided API.
4845 struct Style
/* : GObject.Object */ {
4846 alias parent_instance
this;
4847 alias parent_instance super_
;
4848 alias parent_instance object
;
4849 GObject2
.Object parent_instance
;
4850 private StylePrivate
* priv
;
4853 // Creates a new #MxStyle object. This must be freed using #g_object_unref
4854 // when no longer required.
4855 // RETURNS: a newly allocated #MxStyle
4856 static Style
* /*new*/ new_()() nothrow {
4857 return mx_style_new();
4859 static auto opCall()() {
4860 return mx_style_new();
4863 // Return the default MxStyle object. This includes the current theme (if
4866 // unref'd by applications
4867 // RETURNS: a #MxStyle object. This must not be freed or
4868 static Style
* get_default()() nothrow {
4869 return mx_style_get_default();
4872 // Unintrospectable method: get() / mx_style_get()
4873 // Gets the style properties for @stylable from @style.
4875 // In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller
4876 // is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for
4877 // the property type.
4878 // <stylable>: a #MxStylable
4879 // <first_property_name>: name of the first property to get
4880 /+ Not available -- variadic methods unsupported - use the C function directly.
4881 alias mx_style_get get; // Variadic
4884 // Requests the property described in @pspec for the specified stylable
4885 // <stylable>: a stylable to retreive the data for
4886 // <pspec>: a #GParamSpec describing the property required
4887 // <value>: a #GValue to place the return value in
4888 void get_property(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*Stylable*/ stylable
, AT1
/*GObject2.ParamSpec*/ pspec
, /*out*/ AT2
/*GObject2.Value*/ value
) nothrow {
4889 mx_style_get_property(&this, UpCast
!(Stylable
*)(stylable
), UpCast
!(GObject2
.ParamSpec
*)(pspec
), UpCast
!(GObject2
.Value
*)(value
));
4892 // Unintrospectable method: get_valist() / mx_style_get_valist()
4893 // Gets the style properties for @stylable from @style.
4895 // Please refer to mx_style_get() for further information.
4896 // <stylable>: a #MxStylable
4897 // <first_property_name>: name of the first property to get
4898 // <va_args>: return location for the first property, followed optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
4899 void get_valist(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Stylable*/ stylable
, AT1
/*char*/ first_property_name
, va_list va_args
) nothrow {
4900 mx_style_get_valist(&this, UpCast
!(Stylable
*)(stylable
), toCString
!(char*)(first_property_name
), va_args
);
4903 // Load style information from the specified file.
4906 // RETURNS: TRUE if the style information was loaded successfully. Returns
4907 // <filename>: filename of the style sheet to load
4908 int load_from_file(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ filename
, AT1
/*GLib2.Error**/ error
=null) nothrow {
4909 return mx_style_load_from_file(&this, toCString
!(char*)(filename
), UpCast
!(GLib2
.Error
**)(error
));
4912 // Indicates that the style data has changed in some way. For example, a new
4913 // stylesheet may have been loaded.
4914 extern (C
) alias static void function (Style
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_changed
;
4916 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
4917 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
4920 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"changed", CB
/*:signal_changed*/)
4921 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
4922 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_changed
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_changed
)()) {
4923 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"changed",
4924 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
4928 enum StyleChangedFlags
{
4931 INVALIDATE_CACHE
= 2
4934 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
4935 extern (C
) void function (Style
* style
) nothrow changed
;
4936 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
4937 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
4938 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
4939 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
4940 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
4946 struct StylePrivate
{
4950 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
4951 // the provided API.
4952 struct Table
/* : Widget */ {
4953 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
4954 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
4955 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
4956 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
4957 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
4958 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
4959 alias parent_instance
this;
4960 alias parent_instance super_
;
4961 alias parent_instance widget
;
4962 Widget parent_instance
;
4963 private TablePrivate
* priv
;
4966 // Create a new #MxTable
4967 // RETURNS: a new #MxTable
4968 static Table
* new_()() nothrow {
4969 return mx_table_new();
4971 static auto opCall()() {
4972 return mx_table_new();
4975 // Add an actor at the specified row and column
4977 // Note, column and rows numbers start from zero
4978 // <actor>: the child to insert
4979 // <row>: the row to place the child into
4980 // <column>: the column to place the child into
4981 void add_actor(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
, int row
, int column
) nothrow {
4982 mx_table_add_actor(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
), row
, column
);
4985 // Unintrospectable method: add_actor_with_properties() / mx_table_add_actor_with_properties()
4986 // Add an actor into at the specified row and column, with additional child
4987 // properties to set.
4988 // <actor>: the child #ClutterActor
4989 // <row>: the row to place the child into
4990 // <column>: the column to place the child into
4991 // <first_property_name>: name of the first property to set
4992 /+ Not available -- variadic methods unsupported - use the C function directly.
4993 alias mx_table_add_actor_with_properties add_actor_with_properties; // Variadic
4996 // Get the column of the child.
4997 // RETURNS: the column of the child
4998 // <child>: a #ClutterActor
4999 int child_get_column(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5000 return mx_table_child_get_column(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5003 // Get the column span of the child. Defaults to 1.
5004 // RETURNS: the column span of the child
5005 // <child>: a #ClutterActor
5006 int child_get_column_span(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5007 return mx_table_child_get_column_span(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5010 // Get the row of the child.
5011 // RETURNS: the row of the child
5012 // <child>: a #ClutterActor
5013 int child_get_row(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5014 return mx_table_child_get_row(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5017 // Get the row span of the child. Defaults to 1.
5018 // RETURNS: the row span of the child
5019 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5020 int child_get_row_span(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5021 return mx_table_child_get_row_span(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5024 // Get the x-align value of the child
5025 // RETURNS: An #MxAlign value
5026 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5027 Align
child_get_x_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5028 return mx_table_child_get_x_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5031 // Get the x-expand property of the child
5032 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the child is set to x-expand
5033 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5034 int child_get_x_expand(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5035 return mx_table_child_get_x_expand(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5038 // Get the x-fill state of the child
5039 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the child is set to x-fill
5040 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5041 int child_get_x_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5042 return mx_table_child_get_x_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5045 // Get the y-align value of the child
5046 // RETURNS: An #MxAlign value
5047 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5048 Align
child_get_y_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5049 return mx_table_child_get_y_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5052 // Get the y-expand property of the child.
5053 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the child is set to y-expand
5054 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5055 int child_get_y_expand(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5056 return mx_table_child_get_y_expand(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5059 // Get the y-fill state of the child
5060 // RETURNS: #TRUE if the child is set to y-fill
5061 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5062 int child_get_y_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
) nothrow {
5063 return mx_table_child_get_y_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
));
5066 // Set the column of the child
5067 // <child>: a #ClutterActor
5068 // <col>: the column of the child
5069 void child_set_column(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int col
) nothrow {
5070 mx_table_child_set_column(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), col
);
5073 // Set the column span of the child.
5074 // <child>: An #ClutterActor
5075 // <span>: The number of columns to span
5076 void child_set_column_span(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int span
) nothrow {
5077 mx_table_child_set_column_span(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), span
);
5080 // Set the row of the child
5081 // <child>: a #ClutterActor
5082 // <row>: the row of the child
5083 void child_set_row(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int row
) nothrow {
5084 mx_table_child_set_row(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), row
);
5087 // Set the row span of the child.
5088 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5089 // <span>: the number of rows to span
5090 void child_set_row_span(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int span
) nothrow {
5091 mx_table_child_set_row_span(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), span
);
5094 // Set the alignment of the child within its cell. This will only have an effect
5095 // if the the x-fill property is FALSE.
5096 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5097 // <align>: A #MxAlign value
5098 void child_set_x_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, Align align_
) nothrow {
5099 mx_table_child_set_x_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), align_
);
5102 // Set x-expand on the child. This causes the column which the child
5103 // resides in to be allocated any extra space if the allocation of the table is
5104 // larger than the preferred size.
5105 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5106 // <expand>: the new value of the x expand child property
5107 void child_set_x_expand(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int expand
) nothrow {
5108 mx_table_child_set_x_expand(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), expand
);
5111 // Set the fill state of the child on the x-axis. This will cause the child to
5112 // be allocated the maximum available space.
5113 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5114 // <fill>: the fill state
5115 void child_set_x_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int fill
) nothrow {
5116 mx_table_child_set_x_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), fill
);
5119 // Set the value of the y-align property. This will only have an effect if
5120 // y-fill value is set to FALSE.
5121 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5122 // <align>: A #MxAlign value
5123 void child_set_y_align(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, Align align_
) nothrow {
5124 mx_table_child_set_y_align(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), align_
);
5127 // Set y-expand on the child. This causes the row which the child
5128 // resides in to be allocated any extra space if the allocation of the table is
5129 // larger than the preferred size.
5130 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5131 // <expand>: the new value of the y-expand child property
5132 void child_set_y_expand(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int expand
) nothrow {
5133 mx_table_child_set_y_expand(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), expand
);
5136 // Set the fill state of the child on the y-axis. This will cause the child to
5137 // be allocated the maximum available space.
5138 // <child>: A #ClutterActor
5139 // <fill>: the fill state
5140 void child_set_y_fill(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, int fill
) nothrow {
5141 mx_table_child_set_y_fill(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), fill
);
5144 // Retrieve the current number of columns in @table
5145 // RETURNS: the number of columns
5146 int get_column_count()() nothrow {
5147 return mx_table_get_column_count(&this);
5150 // Gets the amount of spacing between columns.
5151 // RETURNS: the spacing between columns in device units
5152 int get_column_spacing()() nothrow {
5153 return mx_table_get_column_spacing(&this);
5156 // Retrieve the current number rows in the @table
5157 // RETURNS: the number of rows
5158 int get_row_count()() nothrow {
5159 return mx_table_get_row_count(&this);
5162 // Gets the amount of spacing between rows.
5163 // RETURNS: the spacing between rows in device units
5164 int get_row_spacing()() nothrow {
5165 return mx_table_get_row_spacing(&this);
5168 // Sets the amount of spacing between columns.
5169 // <spacing>: spacing in pixels
5170 void set_column_spacing()(int spacing
) nothrow {
5171 mx_table_set_column_spacing(&this, spacing
);
5174 // Sets the amount of spacing between rows.
5175 // <spacing>: spacing in pixels
5176 void set_row_spacing()(int spacing
) nothrow {
5177 mx_table_set_row_spacing(&this, spacing
);
5182 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
5183 // the provided API.
5184 struct TableChild
/* : Clutter.ChildMeta */ {
5185 alias method_parent
this;
5186 alias method_parent super_
;
5187 alias method_parent childmeta
;
5188 Clutter
.ChildMeta method_parent
;
5191 struct TableChildClass
{
5192 Clutter
.ChildMetaClass parent_class
;
5193 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5194 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5195 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5196 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5197 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5201 WidgetClass parent_class
;
5202 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5203 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5204 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5205 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5206 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5209 struct TablePrivate
{
5213 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
5214 // through the public API.
5215 struct TextureCache
/* : GObject.Object */ {
5217 alias parent super_
;
5218 alias parent object
;
5219 GObject2
.Object parent
;
5222 // Returns the default texture cache. This is owned by Mx and should not be
5223 // unreferenced or freed.
5224 // RETURNS: a MxTextureCache
5225 static TextureCache
* get_default()() nothrow {
5226 return mx_texture_cache_get_default();
5230 // Checks whether the given URI/path is contained within the texture
5232 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the image exists, %FALSE otherwise
5233 // <uri>: A URI or path to an image file
5234 int contains(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
) nothrow {
5235 return mx_texture_cache_contains(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
));
5239 // Checks whether there are any textures associated with the given URI by
5240 // the given identifier.
5241 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the data exists, %FALSE otherwise
5242 // <uri>: A URI or path to an image file
5243 // <ident>: A unique identifier
5244 int contains_meta(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
, AT1
/*void*/ ident
) nothrow {
5245 return mx_texture_cache_contains_meta(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
), UpCast
!(void*)(ident
));
5248 // This is a wrapper around mx_texture_cache_get_texture() which returns
5250 // RETURNS: a newly created ClutterTexture
5251 // <uri>: A URI or path to a image file
5252 Clutter
.Actor
* get_actor(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
) nothrow {
5253 return mx_texture_cache_get_actor(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
));
5256 // Create a #CoglHandle representing a texture of the specified image. Adds
5257 // the image to the cache if the image had not been previously loaded.
5258 // Subsequent calls with the same image URI/path will return the #CoglHandle of
5259 // the previously loaded image with an increased reference count.
5260 // RETURNS: a #CoglHandle to the cached texture
5261 // <uri>: A URI or path to an image file
5262 Cogl
.Handle
get_cogl_texture(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
) nothrow {
5263 return mx_texture_cache_get_cogl_texture(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
));
5267 // Retrieves the #CoglHandle of the previously added image associated
5268 // with the given unique identifier.
5270 // See mx_texture_cache_insert_meta()
5272 // reference. %NULL if no image was found.
5273 // RETURNS: A #CoglHandle to a texture, with an added
5274 // <uri>: A URI or path to an image file
5275 // <ident>: A unique identifier
5276 Cogl
.Handle
/*new*/ get_meta_cogl_texture(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
, AT1
/*void*/ ident
) nothrow {
5277 return mx_texture_cache_get_meta_cogl_texture(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
), UpCast
!(void*)(ident
));
5281 // Create a new ClutterTexture using the previously added image associated
5282 // with the given unique identifier.
5284 // See mx_texture_cache_insert_meta()
5286 // %NULL if no image was found
5287 // RETURNS: A newly allocated #ClutterTexture, or
5288 // <uri>: A URI or path to an image file
5289 // <ident>: A unique identifier
5290 Clutter
.Texture
* /*new*/ get_meta_texture(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
, AT1
/*void*/ ident
) nothrow {
5291 return mx_texture_cache_get_meta_texture(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
), UpCast
!(void*)(ident
));
5294 // Returns the number of items in the texture cache
5295 // RETURNS: the current size of the cache
5296 int get_size()() nothrow {
5297 return mx_texture_cache_get_size(&this);
5300 // Create a new ClutterTexture with the specified image. Adds the image to the
5301 // cache if the image had not been previously loaded. Subsequent calls with
5302 // the same image URI/path will return a new ClutterTexture with the previously
5304 // RETURNS: a newly created ClutterTexture
5305 // <uri>: A URI or path to a image file
5306 Clutter
.Texture
* get_texture(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
) nothrow {
5307 return mx_texture_cache_get_texture(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
));
5311 // Inserts a texture into the texture cache. This can be useful if you
5312 // want to cache a texture from a custom or unhandled URI type, or you
5313 // want to override a particular texture.
5315 // If the image is already in the cache, this texture will replace it. A
5316 // reference will be taken on the given texture.
5317 // <uri>: A URI or local file path
5318 // <texture>: A #CoglHandle to a texture
5319 void insert(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
, AT1
/*Cogl.Handle*/ texture
) nothrow {
5320 mx_texture_cache_insert(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
), UpCast
!(Cogl
.Handle
*)(texture
));
5324 // Inserts a texture that's associated with a URI into the cache.
5325 // If the metadata already exists for this URI, it will be replaced.
5327 // This is useful if you have a widely used modification of an image,
5328 // for example, an image with a border composited around it.
5329 // <uri>: A URI or local file path
5330 // <ident>: A unique identifier
5331 // <texture>: A #CoglHandle to a texture
5332 // <destroy_func>: An optional destruction function for @ident
5333 void insert_meta(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*char*/ uri
, AT1
/*void*/ ident
, AT2
/*Cogl.Handle*/ texture
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify destroy_func
) nothrow {
5334 mx_texture_cache_insert_meta(&this, toCString
!(char*)(uri
), UpCast
!(void*)(ident
), UpCast
!(Cogl
.Handle
*)(texture
), destroy_func
);
5336 void load_cache(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ filename
) nothrow {
5337 mx_texture_cache_load_cache(&this, toCString
!(char*)(filename
));
5341 struct TextureCacheClass
{
5342 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
5343 extern (C
) void function (TextureCache
* self
, char* uri
, Clutter
.Texture
* texture
) nothrow loaded
;
5344 extern (C
) void function (TextureCache
* self
, GLib2
.Error
* error
) nothrow error_loading
;
5345 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5346 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5347 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5348 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5349 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5353 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
5354 // through the public API.
5355 struct TextureFrame
/* : Clutter.Actor */ {
5356 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
5357 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
5358 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
5359 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
5360 alias parent_instance
this;
5361 alias parent_instance super_
;
5362 alias parent_instance actor
;
5363 Clutter
.Actor parent_instance
;
5364 private TextureFramePrivate
* priv
;
5367 // A #MxTextureFrame is a specialized texture that efficiently clones
5368 // an area of the given @texture while keeping preserving portions of the
5371 // A #MxTextureFrame can be used to make a rectangular texture fit a
5372 // given size without stretching its borders.
5373 // RETURNS: the newly created #MxTextureFrame
5374 // <texture>: a #ClutterTexture or %NULL
5375 // <top>: top margin preserving its content
5376 // <right>: right margin preserving its content
5377 // <bottom>: bottom margin preserving its content
5378 // <left>: left margin preserving its content
5379 static TextureFrame
* new_(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Texture*/ texture
, float top
, float right
, float bottom
, float left
) nothrow {
5380 return mx_texture_frame_new(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Texture
*)(texture
), top
, right
, bottom
, left
);
5382 static auto opCall(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Texture*/ texture
, float top
, float right
, float bottom
, float left
) {
5383 return mx_texture_frame_new(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Texture
*)(texture
), top
, right
, bottom
, left
);
5386 // Retrieve the current slice lines from the specified frame.
5387 // <top>: width of the top slice
5388 // <right>: width of the right slice
5389 // <bottom>: width of the bottom slice
5390 // <left>: width of the left slice
5391 void get_border_values(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
, AT3
)(AT0
/*float*/ top
, AT1
/*float*/ right
, AT2
/*float*/ bottom
, AT3
/*float*/ left
) nothrow {
5392 mx_texture_frame_get_border_values(&this, UpCast
!(float*)(top
), UpCast
!(float*)(right
), UpCast
!(float*)(bottom
), UpCast
!(float*)(left
));
5395 // Return the texture used by the #MxTextureFrame
5396 // RETURNS: a #ClutterTexture owned by the #MxTextureFrame
5397 Clutter
.Texture
* get_parent_texture()() nothrow {
5398 return mx_texture_frame_get_parent_texture(&this);
5401 // Set the slice lines of the specified frame. The slices are calculated as
5402 // widths from the edge of the frame.
5403 // <top>: width of the top slice
5404 // <right>: width of the right slice
5405 // <bottom>: width of the bottom slice
5406 // <left>: width of the left slice
5407 void set_border_values()(float top
, float right
, float bottom
, float left
) nothrow {
5408 mx_texture_frame_set_border_values(&this, top
, right
, bottom
, left
);
5411 // Set the #ClutterTexture used by this #MxTextureFrame
5412 // <texture>: A #ClutterTexture
5413 void set_parent_texture(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Texture*/ texture
) nothrow {
5414 mx_texture_frame_set_parent_texture(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Texture
*)(texture
));
5418 struct TextureFrameClass
{
5419 Clutter
.ActorClass parent_class
;
5420 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5421 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5422 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5423 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5424 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5427 struct TextureFramePrivate
{
5431 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
5432 // the provided API.
5433 struct Toggle
/* : Widget */ {
5434 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
5435 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
5436 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
5437 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
5438 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
5439 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
5441 alias parent super_
;
5442 alias parent widget
;
5444 TogglePrivate
* priv
;
5446 static Toggle
* new_()() nothrow {
5447 return mx_toggle_new();
5449 static auto opCall()() {
5450 return mx_toggle_new();
5452 int get_active()() nothrow {
5453 return mx_toggle_get_active(&this);
5455 void set_active()(int active
) nothrow {
5456 mx_toggle_set_active(&this, active
);
5460 struct ToggleClass
{
5461 WidgetClass parent_class
;
5462 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5463 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5464 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5465 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5466 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5469 struct TogglePrivate
{
5473 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
5474 // through the public API.
5475 struct Toolbar
/* : Bin */ {
5476 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
5477 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
5478 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
5479 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
5480 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
5481 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
5483 alias parent super_
;
5486 ToolbarPrivate
* priv
;
5489 // Create a new #MxToolbar. This is not normally necessary if using #MxWindow,
5490 // where #mx_window_get_toolbar should be used to retrieve the toolbar instead.
5491 // RETURNS: A newly allocated #MxToolbar
5492 static Toolbar
* new_()() nothrow {
5493 return mx_toolbar_new();
5495 static auto opCall()() {
5496 return mx_toolbar_new();
5499 // Get the value of the #MxToolbar:has-close-button property.
5500 // RETURNS: the current value of the "hast-close-button" property.
5501 int get_has_close_button()() nothrow {
5502 return mx_toolbar_get_has_close_button(&this);
5505 // Set the #MxToolbar:has-close-button property
5506 // <has_close_button>: #TRUE if a close button should be displayed
5507 void set_has_close_button()(int has_close_button
) nothrow {
5508 mx_toolbar_set_has_close_button(&this, has_close_button
);
5511 // Emitted when the close button of the toolbar is clicked.
5513 // Normally, the parent stage will be closed when the close button is
5514 // clicked. Return #TRUE from this handler to prevent the stage from being
5516 // RETURNS: #TRUE to prevent the parent stage being destroyed.
5517 extern (C
) alias static c_int
function (Toolbar
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_close_button_clicked
;
5519 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
5520 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
5523 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"close-button-clicked", CB
/*:signal_close_button_clicked*/)
5524 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
5525 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_close_button_clicked
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_close_button_clicked
)()) {
5526 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"close-button-clicked",
5527 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
5531 struct ToolbarClass
{
5532 BinClass parent_class
;
5533 extern (C
) int function (Toolbar
* toolbar
) nothrow close_button_clicked
;
5534 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5535 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5536 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5537 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5538 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5541 struct ToolbarPrivate
{
5545 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
5546 // the provided API.
5547 struct Tooltip
/* : FloatingWidget */ {
5548 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
5549 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
5550 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
5551 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
5552 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
5553 alias parent_instance
this;
5554 alias parent_instance super_
;
5555 alias parent_instance floatingwidget
;
5556 FloatingWidget parent_instance
;
5557 private TooltipPrivate
* priv
;
5561 // Browse mode is entered whenever a tooltip is displayed and it is
5562 // left after a short delay when a tooltip is hidden. This is used to
5563 // make tooltips display quicker when a previous tooltip is already
5567 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the app is in tooltip browse mode or %FALSE
5568 static int is_in_browse_mode()() nothrow {
5569 return mx_tooltip_is_in_browse_mode();
5572 // Get the text displayed on the tooltip
5573 // RETURNS: the text for the tooltip. This must not be freed by the application
5574 char* get_text()() nothrow {
5575 return mx_tooltip_get_text(&this);
5578 // Retrieve the area on the stage that the tooltip currently applies to
5580 // by the application.
5581 // RETURNS: the #ClutterGeometry, owned by the tooltip which must not be freed
5582 Clutter
.Geometry
* get_tip_area()() nothrow {
5583 return mx_tooltip_get_tip_area(&this);
5586 void hide()() nothrow {
5587 mx_tooltip_hide(&this);
5590 // Sets the text displayed on the tooltip
5591 // <text>: text to set the label to
5592 void set_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
5593 mx_tooltip_set_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
5596 // Set the area on the stage that the tooltip applies to.
5597 // <area>: A #ClutterGeometry
5598 void set_tip_area(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Geometry*/ area
) nothrow {
5599 mx_tooltip_set_tip_area(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Geometry
*)(area
));
5602 // Utility function to set the geometry of the tooltip area
5603 // from an existing actor.
5604 // See also mx_tooltip_set_tip_area
5605 // <actor>: A #ClutterActor
5606 void set_tip_area_from_actor(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
5607 mx_tooltip_set_tip_area_from_actor(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
5609 // Show the tooltip relative to the associated widget.
5610 void show()() nothrow {
5611 mx_tooltip_show(&this);
5615 // Defines the animation when tooltips are shown and hidden.
5616 enum TooltipAnimation
/* Version 1.2 */ {
5620 struct TooltipClass
{
5621 FloatingWidgetClass parent_class
;
5622 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5623 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5624 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5625 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5626 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5629 struct TooltipPrivate
{
5632 enum int VERSION_HEX
= 0;
5633 enum VERSION_S
= "1.99.2";
5635 // The contents of this structure are private and should only be accessed
5636 // through the public API.
5637 struct Viewport
/* : Bin */ {
5638 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
5639 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
5640 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
5641 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
5642 mixin Focusable
.__interface__
;
5643 mixin Scrollable
.__interface__
;
5644 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
5646 alias parent super_
;
5649 private ViewportPrivate
* priv
;
5651 static Viewport
* new_()() nothrow {
5652 return mx_viewport_new();
5654 static auto opCall()() {
5655 return mx_viewport_new();
5657 void get_origin(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*float*/ x
, AT1
/*float*/ y
, AT2
/*float*/ z
) nothrow {
5658 mx_viewport_get_origin(&this, UpCast
!(float*)(x
), UpCast
!(float*)(y
), UpCast
!(float*)(z
));
5660 int get_sync_adjustments()() nothrow {
5661 return mx_viewport_get_sync_adjustments(&this);
5663 void set_origin()(float x
, float y
, float z
) nothrow {
5664 mx_viewport_set_origin(&this, x
, y
, z
);
5666 void set_sync_adjustments()(int sync
) nothrow {
5667 mx_viewport_set_sync_adjustments(&this, sync
);
5671 struct ViewportClass
{
5672 BinClass parent_class
;
5673 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5674 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5675 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5676 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5677 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5680 struct ViewportPrivate
{
5684 // Base class for stylable actors. The contents of the #MxWidget
5685 // structure are private and should only be accessed through the
5687 struct Widget
/* : Clutter.Actor */ {
5688 mixin Atk
.ImplementorIface
.__interface__
;
5689 mixin Clutter
.Animatable
.__interface__
;
5690 mixin Clutter
.Container
.__interface__
;
5691 mixin Clutter
.Scriptable
.__interface__
;
5692 mixin Stylable
.__interface__
;
5693 alias parent_instance
this;
5694 alias parent_instance super_
;
5695 alias parent_instance actor
;
5696 Clutter
.Actor parent_instance
;
5697 private WidgetPrivate
* priv
;
5701 // Used to implement how a new style instance should be applied in the widget.
5702 // For instance, setting style instance on stylable internal children.
5703 // <style>: A #MxStyle
5704 void apply_style(AT0
)(AT0
/*Style*/ style
) nothrow {
5705 mx_widget_apply_style(&this, UpCast
!(Style
*)(style
));
5708 // Copies @allocation into @area and accounts for the padding values. This
5709 // gives the area that is available in which to allocate children with respect
5711 // <allocation>: A #ClutterActorBox
5712 // <area>: A #ClutterActorBox
5713 void get_available_area(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Clutter.ActorBox*/ allocation
, AT1
/*Clutter.ActorBox*/ area
) nothrow {
5714 mx_widget_get_available_area(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.ActorBox
*)(allocation
), UpCast
!(Clutter
.ActorBox
*)(area
));
5717 // Get the texture used as the background image. This is set using the
5718 // "background-image" CSS property. This function should normally only be used
5720 // RETURNS: a #ClutterActor
5721 Clutter
.Actor
* get_background_image()() nothrow {
5722 return mx_widget_get_background_image(&this);
5725 // Get the texture used as the border image. This is set using the
5726 // "border-image" CSS property. This function should normally only be used
5728 // RETURNS: #ClutterActor
5729 Clutter
.Actor
* get_border_image()() nothrow {
5730 return mx_widget_get_border_image(&this);
5732 // Get the value of the "disabled" property.
5733 int get_disabled()() nothrow {
5734 return mx_widget_get_disabled(&this);
5737 // Get the object in the #MxWidget:menu property.
5738 // RETURNS: The current object in the "menu" property.
5739 Menu
* get_menu()() nothrow {
5740 return mx_widget_get_menu(&this);
5743 // Gets the padding of the widget, set using the "padding" CSS property. This
5744 // function should normally only be used by subclasses.
5745 // <padding>: A pointer to an #MxPadding to fill
5746 void get_padding(AT0
)(AT0
/*Padding*/ padding
) nothrow {
5747 mx_widget_get_padding(&this, UpCast
!(Padding
*)(padding
));
5750 // Get the value of the "tooltip-delay" property.
5751 // RETURNS: the current delay value in milliseconds
5752 uint get_tooltip_delay()() nothrow {
5753 return mx_widget_get_tooltip_delay(&this);
5756 // Get the current tooltip string
5757 // RETURNS: The current tooltip string, owned by the #MxWidget
5758 char* get_tooltip_text()() nothrow {
5759 return mx_widget_get_tooltip_text(&this);
5761 // Hide the tooltip for @widget
5762 void hide_tooltip()() nothrow {
5763 mx_widget_hide_tooltip(&this);
5766 // Cancel a long-press timeout if one is running and emit the signal to notify
5767 // that the long-press has been cancelled.
5768 void long_press_cancel()() nothrow {
5769 mx_widget_long_press_cancel(&this);
5772 // Emit the long-press query signal and start a long-press timeout if required.
5773 // <event>: the event used to determine whether to run a long-press
5774 void long_press_query(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.ButtonEvent*/ event
) nothrow {
5775 mx_widget_long_press_query(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.ButtonEvent
*)(event
));
5778 // Invokes #MxWidget::paint_background() using the default background
5779 // image and/or color from the @widget style
5781 // This function should be used by subclasses of #MxWidget that override
5782 // the paint() virtual function and cannot chain up
5783 void paint_background()() nothrow {
5784 mx_widget_paint_background(&this);
5787 // Set the disabled property. Disabled widgets have a "disabled" pseudo-class
5788 // until disabled is set to #FALSE.
5789 // <disabled>: value to set
5790 void set_disabled()(int disabled
) nothrow {
5791 mx_widget_set_disabled(&this, disabled
);
5794 // Set the value of the #MxWidget:menu property.
5795 // <menu>: A #MxMenu
5796 void set_menu(AT0
)(AT0
/*Menu*/ menu
) nothrow {
5797 mx_widget_set_menu(&this, UpCast
!(Menu
*)(menu
));
5800 // Set the value, in milliseconds, of the "tooltip-delay" property.
5801 // This is initially set to MX_WIDGET_TOOLTIP_TIMEOUT.
5802 void set_tooltip_delay()(uint delay
) nothrow {
5803 mx_widget_set_tooltip_delay(&this, delay
);
5806 // Set the tooltip text of the widget. Note that setting tooltip text will cause
5807 // the widget to be set reactive. If you no longer need tooltips and you do not
5808 // need the widget to be reactive, you must set ClutterActor::reactive to
5810 // <text>: text to set as the tooltip
5811 void set_tooltip_text(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ text
) nothrow {
5812 mx_widget_set_tooltip_text(&this, toCString
!(char*)(text
));
5814 // Show the tooltip for @widget
5815 void show_tooltip()() nothrow {
5816 mx_widget_show_tooltip(&this);
5818 // Emitted when the user holds a mouse button down for a longer period.
5819 extern (C
) alias static c_int
function (Widget
* this_
, float object
, float p0
, LongPressAction
* p1
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_long_press
;
5821 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
5822 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
5825 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"long-press", CB
/*:signal_long_press*/)
5826 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
5827 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_long_press
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_long_press
)()) {
5828 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"long-press",
5829 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
5833 // Base class for stylable actors.
5834 struct WidgetClass
{
5835 private Clutter
.ActorClass parent_class
;
5836 extern (C
) void function (Widget
* self
, Clutter
.Actor
* background
, Clutter
.Color
* color
) nothrow paint_background
;
5837 extern (C
) int function (Widget
* widget
, LongPressAction action
, float x
, float y
) nothrow long_press
;
5838 // <style>: A #MxStyle
5839 extern (C
) void function (Widget
* widget
, Style
* style
) nothrow apply_style
;
5840 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
5841 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
5842 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
5843 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
5844 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
5845 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_5
;
5846 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_6
;
5847 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_7
;
5848 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_8
;
5851 struct WidgetPrivate
{
5855 // The contents of this structure is private and should only be accessed using
5856 // the provided API.
5857 struct Window
/* : GObject.Object */ {
5859 alias parent super_
;
5860 alias parent object
;
5861 GObject2
.Object parent
;
5862 WindowPrivate
* priv
;
5865 // Creates a new #MxWindow.
5866 // RETURNS: A #MxWindow
5867 static Window
* /*new*/ new_()() nothrow {
5868 return mx_window_new();
5870 static auto opCall()() {
5871 return mx_window_new();
5874 // Creates a new #MxWindow, using @stage as the backing #ClutterStage. This
5875 // function is meant for use primarily for embedding a #MxWindow into
5876 // a foreign stage when using a Clutter toolkit integration library.
5877 // RETURNS: A #MxWindow
5878 // <stage>: A #ClutterStage
5879 static Window
* /*new*/ new_with_clutter_stage(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Stage*/ stage
) nothrow {
5880 return mx_window_new_with_clutter_stage(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Stage
*)(stage
));
5882 static auto opCall(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Stage*/ stage
) {
5883 return mx_window_new_with_clutter_stage(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Stage
*)(stage
));
5886 // Gets the #MxWindow parent of the #ClutterStage, if it exists.
5887 // RETURNS: A #MxWindow, or %NULL
5888 // <stage>: A #ClutterStage
5889 static Window
* get_for_stage(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Stage*/ stage
) nothrow {
5890 return mx_window_get_for_stage(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Stage
*)(stage
));
5893 // Get the primary child of the window. See mx_window_set_child().
5894 // RETURNS: A #ClutterActor, or %NULL
5895 Clutter
.Actor
* get_child()() nothrow {
5896 return mx_window_get_child(&this);
5899 // Gets the #ClutterStage managed by the window.
5900 // RETURNS: A #ClutterStage
5901 Clutter
.Stage
* get_clutter_stage()() nothrow {
5902 return mx_window_get_clutter_stage(&this);
5906 // Determines if the window has been set to be in fullscreen mode.
5909 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the window has been set to be in fullscreen mode,
5910 int get_fullscreen()() nothrow {
5911 return mx_window_get_fullscreen(&this);
5914 // Determines whether the window has a toolbar or not.
5915 // See mx_window_set_has_toolbar().
5916 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the window has a toolbar, otherwise %FALSE
5917 int get_has_toolbar()() nothrow {
5918 return mx_window_get_has_toolbar(&this);
5921 // Gets the currently set window icon name. This will be %NULL if there is none
5922 // set, or the icon was set with mx_window_set_icon_from_cogl_texture().
5923 // RETURNS: The window icon name, or %NULL
5924 char* get_icon_name()() nothrow {
5925 return mx_window_get_icon_name(&this);
5928 // Determines if the window is in small-screen mode.
5929 // See mx_window_set_small_screen().
5930 // RETURNS: %TRUE if the window is in small-screen mode, otherwise %FALSE
5931 int get_small_screen()() nothrow {
5932 return mx_window_get_small_screen(&this);
5936 // Retrieves the title used for the window.
5937 // RETURNS: The title used for the window
5938 char* get_title()() nothrow {
5939 return mx_window_get_title(&this);
5942 // Retrieves the toolbar associated with the window.
5943 // RETURNS: A #MxToolbar
5944 Toolbar
* get_toolbar()() nothrow {
5945 return mx_window_get_toolbar(&this);
5948 // Retrieves the absolute position of the window on the screen.
5949 // <x>: A pointer for the x-coordinate
5950 // <y>: A pointer for the y-coordinate
5951 void get_window_position()(/*out*/ int* x
, /*out*/ int* y
) nothrow {
5952 mx_window_get_window_position(&this, x
, y
);
5956 // Retrieve the rotation of the window.
5957 // RETURNS: An #MxWindowRotation
5958 WindowRotation
get_window_rotation()() nothrow {
5959 return mx_window_get_window_rotation(&this);
5963 // Retrieves the size of the display area of the window, taking into
5964 // account any window border. This includes the area occupied by the
5965 // window's toolbar, if it's enabled.
5966 // <width>: A #gint pointer for the window's width
5967 // <height>: A #gint pointer for the window's height
5968 void get_window_size()(/*out*/ int* width
, /*out*/ int* height
) nothrow {
5969 mx_window_get_window_size(&this, width
, height
);
5974 void hide()() nothrow {
5975 mx_window_hide(&this);
5979 // Present the window. The actual behaviour is specific to the window system.
5980 void present()() nothrow {
5981 mx_window_present(&this);
5984 // Adds @actor to the window and sets it as the primary child. When the
5985 // stage managed in the window changes size, the child will be resized
5987 // <actor>: A #ClutterActor
5988 void set_child(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ actor
) nothrow {
5989 mx_window_set_child(&this, UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(actor
));
5993 // Set the window to be in fullscreen mode or windowed mode.
5996 // Setting fullscreen mode doesn't necessarily mean the window is actually
5997 // fullscreen. Setting this property is only a request to the underlying
6000 // <fullscreen>: %TRUE to request fullscreen mode, %FALSE to disable
6001 void set_fullscreen()(int fullscreen
) nothrow {
6002 mx_window_set_fullscreen(&this, fullscreen
);
6005 // Sets whether the window has a toolbar or not. If the window has a toolbar,
6006 // client-side window decorations will be enabled.
6007 // <toolbar>: %TRUE if the toolbar should be displayed
6008 void set_has_toolbar()(int toolbar
) nothrow {
6009 mx_window_set_has_toolbar(&this, toolbar
);
6012 // Sets the window icon from a texture. This will take precedence over
6013 // any currently set icon-name.
6014 // <texture>: A #CoglHandle for a texture
6015 void set_icon_from_cogl_texture()(Cogl
.Handle texture
) nothrow {
6016 mx_window_set_icon_from_cogl_texture(&this, texture
);
6019 // Set an icon-name to use for the window icon. The icon will be looked up
6020 // from the default theme.
6021 // <icon_name>: An icon name, or %NULL
6022 void set_icon_name(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ icon_name
=null) nothrow {
6023 mx_window_set_icon_name(&this, toCString
!(char*)(icon_name
));
6026 // Enables or disables small-screen mode. This mode is meant primarily
6027 // for platforms with limited screen-space, such as netbooks. When enabled,
6028 // the window will take up all available room and will disable moving and
6030 // <small_screen>: %TRUE if small-screen mode should be enabled
6031 void set_small_screen()(int small_screen
) nothrow {
6032 mx_window_set_small_screen(&this, small_screen
);
6036 // Sets the title used for the window, the results of which are
6037 // window-system specific.
6038 // <title>: A string to use for the window title name
6039 void set_title(AT0
)(AT0
/*char*/ title
) nothrow {
6040 mx_window_set_title(&this, toCString
!(char*)(title
));
6044 // Sets the toolbar associated with the window.
6045 void set_toolbar(AT0
)(AT0
/*Toolbar*/ toolbar
) nothrow {
6046 mx_window_set_toolbar(&this, UpCast
!(Toolbar
*)(toolbar
));
6049 // Sets the absolute position of the window on the screen.
6050 // <x>: An x-coordinate
6051 // <y>: A y-coordinate
6052 void set_window_position()(int x
, int y
) nothrow {
6053 mx_window_set_window_position(&this, x
, y
);
6057 // Set the rotation of the window.
6058 // <rotation>: The #MxWindowRotation
6059 void set_window_rotation()(WindowRotation rotation
) nothrow {
6060 mx_window_set_window_rotation(&this, rotation
);
6064 // Sets the size of the window, taking into account any window border. This
6065 // corresponds to the window's available area for its child, minus the area
6066 // occupied by the window's toolbar, if it's enabled.
6069 // Setting the window size may involve a request to the underlying windowing
6070 // system, and may not immediately be reflected.
6072 // <width>: A width, in pixels
6073 // <height>: A height, in pixels
6074 void set_window_size()(int width
, int height
) nothrow {
6075 mx_window_set_window_size(&this, width
, height
);
6080 void show()() nothrow {
6081 mx_window_show(&this);
6083 // Emitted when the stage managed by the window is destroyed.
6084 extern (C
) alias static void function (Window
* this_
, void* user_data
=null) nothrow signal_destroy
;
6086 ulong signal_connect(string name
, CB
)(CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0) {
6087 return super_
.signal_connect
!name(cb
, data
, cf
);
6090 ulong signal_connect(string name
:"destroy", CB
/*:signal_destroy*/)
6091 (CB cb
, void* data
=null, ConnectFlags cf
=cast(ConnectFlags
)0)
6092 if (is(typeof(cb
)==signal_destroy
)||_ttmm
!(CB
, signal_destroy
)()) {
6093 return signal_connect_data
!()(&this, cast(char*)"destroy",
6094 cast(GObject2
.Callback
)cb
, data
, null, cf
);
6098 struct WindowClass
{
6099 GObject2
.ObjectClass parent_class
;
6100 extern (C
) void function (Window
* window
) nothrow destroy
;
6101 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_0
;
6102 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_1
;
6103 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_2
;
6104 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_3
;
6105 extern (C
) void function () nothrow _padding_4
;
6108 struct WindowPrivate
{
6111 // Defines the clock-wise rotation angle of a window.
6112 enum WindowRotation
/* Version 1.2 */ {
6118 static void actor_box_clamp_to_pixels(AT0
)(AT0
/*Clutter.ActorBox*/ box
) nothrow {
6119 mx_actor_box_clamp_to_pixels(UpCast
!(Clutter
.ActorBox
*)(box
));
6122 static void allocate_align_fill(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*Clutter.Actor*/ child
, AT1
/*Clutter.ActorBox*/ childbox
, Align x_alignment
, Align y_alignment
, int x_fill
, int y_fill
) nothrow {
6123 mx_allocate_align_fill(UpCast
!(Clutter
.Actor
*)(child
), UpCast
!(Clutter
.ActorBox
*)(childbox
), x_alignment
, y_alignment
, x_fill
, y_fill
);
6126 // MOVED TO: BorderImage.set_from_string
6127 static void border_image_set_from_string(AT0
, AT1
, AT2
)(AT0
/*GObject2.Value*/ value
, AT1
/*char*/ str, AT2
/*char*/ filename
) nothrow {
6128 mx_border_image_set_from_string(UpCast
!(GObject2
.Value
*)(value
), toCString
!(char*)(str), toCString
!(char*)(filename
));
6133 // MOVED TO: FocusHint.from_direction
6134 // Transforms a focus direction to a focus hint. This is a convenience
6135 // function for actors that implement the #MxFocusable interface, to
6136 // pass the correct #MxFocusHint to their children when calling
6137 // mx_focusable_accept_focus().
6139 // %MX_FOCUS_DIRECTION_UP maps to %MX_FOCUS_HINT_FROM_BELOW,
6140 // %MX_FOCUS_DIRECTION_DOWN maps to %MX_FOCUS_HINT_FROM_ABOVE,
6141 // %MX_FOCUS_DIRECTION_LEFT maps to %MX_FOCUS_HINT_FROM_RIGHT,
6142 // %MX_FOCUS_DIRECTION_RIGHT maps to %MX_FOCUS_HINT_FROM_LEFT,
6143 // %MX_FOCUS_DIRECTION_NEXT maps to %MX_FOCUS_HINT_FIRST,
6144 // %MX_FOCUS_DIRECTION_PREVIOUS maps to %MX_FOCUS_HINT_LAST and
6145 // anything else maps to %MX_FOCUS_HINT_PRIOR.
6146 // RETURNS: A #MxFocusHint
6147 // <direction>: A #MxFocusDirection
6148 static FocusHint
focus_hint_from_direction()(FocusDirection direction
) nothrow {
6149 return mx_focus_hint_from_direction(direction
);
6152 // MOVED TO: FontWeight.set_from_string
6153 static void font_weight_set_from_string(AT0
, AT1
)(AT0
/*GObject2.Value*/ value
, AT1
/*char*/ str) nothrow {
6154 mx_font_weight_set_from_string(UpCast
!(GObject2
.Value
*)(value
), toCString
!(char*)(str));
6157 // MOVED TO: ImageError.quark
6158 static GLib2
.Quark
image_error_quark()() nothrow {
6159 return mx_image_error_quark();
6163 // Initializes internationalization support for Mx. If MxApplication is
6164 // used, this is called automatically. Otherwise it has to be called
6165 // together with clutter_init() before using Mx.
6166 static void set_locale()() nothrow {
6171 // Generates a string describing the time given in @time_ using
6172 // colloquial language suitable for display to the user. Examples of
6173 // what might be returned are "A few minutes ago" or "Yesterday".
6174 // RETURNS: a string. Free with g_free().
6175 // <time_>: a time value
6176 static char* /*new*/ utils_format_time(AT0
)(AT0
/*GLib2.TimeVal*/ time_
) nothrow {
6177 return mx_utils_format_time(UpCast
!(GLib2
.TimeVal
*)(time_
));
6184 Action
* /*new*/ mx_action_new() nothrow;
6185 Action
* /*new*/ mx_action_new_full(char* name
, char* display_name
, ActionCallbackFunc activated_cb
, void* user_data
) nothrow;
6186 Action
* mx_action_new_stateful(char* name
, GLib2
.VariantType
* parameter_type
, GLib2
.Variant
* state
) nothrow;
6187 Action
* mx_action_new_with_parameter(char* name
, GLib2
.VariantType
* parameter_type
=null) nothrow;
6188 int mx_action_get_active(Action
* this_
) nothrow;
6189 char* mx_action_get_display_name(Action
* this_
) nothrow;
6190 char* mx_action_get_icon(Action
* this_
) nothrow;
6191 char* mx_action_get_name(Action
* this_
) nothrow;
6192 void mx_action_set_active(Action
* this_
, int active
) nothrow;
6193 void mx_action_set_display_name(Action
* this_
, char* name
) nothrow;
6194 void mx_action_set_icon(Action
* this_
, char* name
) nothrow;
6195 void mx_action_set_name(Action
* this_
, char* name
) nothrow;
6196 ActorManager
* mx_actor_manager_new(Clutter
.Stage
* stage
) nothrow;
6197 ActorManager
* mx_actor_manager_get_for_stage(Clutter
.Stage
* stage
) nothrow;
6198 c_ulong
mx_actor_manager_add_actor(ActorManager
* this_
, Clutter
.Container
* container
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6199 void mx_actor_manager_cancel_operation(ActorManager
* this_
, c_ulong id
) nothrow;
6200 void mx_actor_manager_cancel_operations(ActorManager
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6201 c_ulong
mx_actor_manager_create_actor(ActorManager
* this_
, ActorManagerCreateFunc create_func
, void* userdata
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify destroy_func
) nothrow;
6202 uint mx_actor_manager_get_n_operations(ActorManager
* this_
) nothrow;
6203 Clutter
.Stage
* mx_actor_manager_get_stage(ActorManager
* this_
) nothrow;
6204 uint mx_actor_manager_get_time_slice(ActorManager
* this_
) nothrow;
6205 c_ulong
mx_actor_manager_remove_actor(ActorManager
* this_
, Clutter
.Container
* container
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6206 void mx_actor_manager_remove_container(ActorManager
* this_
, Clutter
.Container
* container
) nothrow;
6207 void mx_actor_manager_set_time_slice(ActorManager
* this_
, uint msecs
) nothrow;
6208 Adjustment
* /*new*/ mx_adjustment_new() nothrow;
6209 Adjustment
* /*new*/ mx_adjustment_new_with_values(double value
, double lower
, double upper
, double step_increment
, double page_increment
, double page_size
) nothrow;
6210 int mx_adjustment_get_clamp_value(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6211 int mx_adjustment_get_elastic(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6212 double mx_adjustment_get_lower(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6213 double mx_adjustment_get_page_increment(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6214 double mx_adjustment_get_page_size(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6215 double mx_adjustment_get_step_increment(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6216 double mx_adjustment_get_upper(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6217 double mx_adjustment_get_value(Adjustment
* this_
) nothrow;
6218 void mx_adjustment_get_values(Adjustment
* this_
, double* value
, double* lower
, double* upper
, double* step_increment
, double* page_increment
, double* page_size
) nothrow;
6219 void mx_adjustment_interpolate(Adjustment
* this_
, double value
, uint duration
, c_ulong mode
) nothrow;
6220 void mx_adjustment_interpolate_relative(Adjustment
* this_
, double offset
, uint duration
, c_ulong mode
) nothrow;
6221 void mx_adjustment_set_clamp_value(Adjustment
* this_
, int clamp
) nothrow;
6222 void mx_adjustment_set_elastic(Adjustment
* this_
, int elastic
) nothrow;
6223 void mx_adjustment_set_lower(Adjustment
* this_
, double lower
) nothrow;
6224 void mx_adjustment_set_page_increment(Adjustment
* this_
, double increment
) nothrow;
6225 void mx_adjustment_set_page_size(Adjustment
* this_
, double page_size
) nothrow;
6226 void mx_adjustment_set_step_increment(Adjustment
* this_
, double increment
) nothrow;
6227 void mx_adjustment_set_upper(Adjustment
* this_
, double upper
) nothrow;
6228 void mx_adjustment_set_value(Adjustment
* this_
, double value
) nothrow;
6229 void mx_adjustment_set_values(Adjustment
* this_
, double value
, double lower
, double upper
, double step_increment
, double page_increment
, double page_size
) nothrow;
6230 Application
* /*new*/ mx_application_new(/*inout*/ int* argc
, /*inout*/ char*** argv
, char* name
, ApplicationFlags flags
) nothrow;
6231 void mx_application_add_action(Application
* this_
, Action
* action
) nothrow;
6232 void mx_application_add_window(Application
* this_
, Window
* window
) nothrow;
6233 Window
* mx_application_create_window(Application
* this_
) nothrow;
6234 GLib2
.List
* /*new container*/ mx_application_get_actions(Application
* this_
) nothrow;
6235 ApplicationFlags
mx_application_get_flags(Application
* this_
) nothrow;
6236 GLib2
.List
* mx_application_get_windows(Application
* this_
) nothrow;
6237 void mx_application_invoke_action(Application
* this_
, char* name
) nothrow;
6238 void mx_application_invoke_action_with_parameter(Application
* this_
, char* name
, GLib2
.Variant
* variant
) nothrow;
6239 int mx_application_is_running(Application
* this_
) nothrow;
6240 void mx_application_quit(Application
* this_
) nothrow;
6241 void mx_application_remove_action(Application
* this_
, char* name
) nothrow;
6242 void mx_application_remove_window(Application
* this_
, Window
* window
) nothrow;
6243 void mx_application_run(Application
* this_
) nothrow;
6244 void mx_bin_allocate_child(Bin
* this_
, Clutter
.ActorBox
* box
, Clutter
.AllocationFlags flags
) nothrow;
6245 void mx_bin_get_alignment(Bin
* this_
, Align
* x_align
, Align
* y_align
) nothrow;
6246 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_bin_get_child(Bin
* this_
) nothrow;
6247 void mx_bin_get_fill(Bin
* this_
, /*out*/ int* x_fill
, /*out*/ int* y_fill
) nothrow;
6248 void mx_bin_set_alignment(Bin
* this_
, Align x_align
, Align y_align
) nothrow;
6249 void mx_bin_set_child(Bin
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6250 void mx_bin_set_fill(Bin
* this_
, int x_fill
, int y_fill
) nothrow;
6251 int mx_border_image_equal(BorderImage
* this_
, BorderImage
* b2
) nothrow;
6252 void mx_border_image_set_from_string(GObject2
.Value
* value
, char* str, char* filename
) nothrow;
6253 BoxLayout
* mx_box_layout_new() nothrow;
6254 BoxLayout
* mx_box_layout_new_with_orientation(Orientation orientation
) nothrow;
6255 void mx_box_layout_add_actor(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, int position
) nothrow;
6256 void mx_box_layout_add_actor_with_properties(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, int position
, char* first_property
, ...) nothrow;
6257 int mx_box_layout_child_get_expand(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6258 Align
mx_box_layout_child_get_x_align(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6259 int mx_box_layout_child_get_x_fill(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6260 Align
mx_box_layout_child_get_y_align(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6261 int mx_box_layout_child_get_y_fill(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6262 void mx_box_layout_child_set_expand(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int expand
) nothrow;
6263 void mx_box_layout_child_set_x_align(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, Align x_align
) nothrow;
6264 void mx_box_layout_child_set_x_fill(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int x_fill
) nothrow;
6265 void mx_box_layout_child_set_y_align(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, Align y_align
) nothrow;
6266 void mx_box_layout_child_set_y_fill(BoxLayout
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int y_fill
) nothrow;
6267 int mx_box_layout_get_enable_animations(BoxLayout
* this_
) nothrow;
6268 Orientation
mx_box_layout_get_orientation(BoxLayout
* this_
) nothrow;
6269 int mx_box_layout_get_scroll_to_focused(BoxLayout
* this_
) nothrow;
6270 uint mx_box_layout_get_spacing(BoxLayout
* this_
) nothrow;
6271 void mx_box_layout_set_enable_animations(BoxLayout
* this_
, int enable_animations
) nothrow;
6272 void mx_box_layout_set_orientation(BoxLayout
* this_
, Orientation orientation
) nothrow;
6273 void mx_box_layout_set_scroll_to_focused(BoxLayout
* this_
, int scroll_to_focused
) nothrow;
6274 void mx_box_layout_set_spacing(BoxLayout
* this_
, uint spacing
) nothrow;
6275 Button
* mx_button_new() nothrow;
6276 Button
* mx_button_new_with_label(char* text
) nothrow;
6277 Action
* mx_button_get_action(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6278 char* mx_button_get_icon_name(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6279 Position
mx_button_get_icon_position(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6280 uint mx_button_get_icon_size(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6281 int mx_button_get_icon_visible(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6282 int mx_button_get_is_toggle(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6283 char* mx_button_get_label(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6284 int mx_button_get_label_visible(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6285 int mx_button_get_toggled(Button
* this_
) nothrow;
6286 void mx_button_set_action(Button
* this_
, Action
* action
) nothrow;
6287 void mx_button_set_icon_name(Button
* this_
, char* icon_name
=null) nothrow;
6288 void mx_button_set_icon_position(Button
* this_
, Position position
) nothrow;
6289 void mx_button_set_icon_size(Button
* this_
, uint icon_size
) nothrow;
6290 void mx_button_set_icon_visible(Button
* this_
, int visible
) nothrow;
6291 void mx_button_set_is_toggle(Button
* this_
, int toggle
) nothrow;
6292 void mx_button_set_label(Button
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6293 void mx_button_set_label_visible(Button
* this_
, int visible
) nothrow;
6294 void mx_button_set_toggled(Button
* this_
, int toggled
) nothrow;
6295 ButtonGroup
* mx_button_group_new() nothrow;
6296 void mx_button_group_add(ButtonGroup
* this_
, Button
* button
) nothrow;
6297 void mx_button_group_foreach(ButtonGroup
* this_
, Clutter
.Callback callback
, void* userdata
) nothrow;
6298 Button
* mx_button_group_get_active_button(ButtonGroup
* this_
) nothrow;
6299 int mx_button_group_get_allow_no_active(ButtonGroup
* this_
) nothrow;
6300 GLib2
.SList
* mx_button_group_get_buttons(ButtonGroup
* this_
) nothrow;
6301 void mx_button_group_remove(ButtonGroup
* this_
, Button
* button
) nothrow;
6302 void mx_button_group_set_active_button(ButtonGroup
* this_
, Button
* button
=null) nothrow;
6303 void mx_button_group_set_allow_no_active(ButtonGroup
* this_
, int allow_no_active
) nothrow;
6304 Clipboard
* mx_clipboard_get_default() nothrow;
6305 void mx_clipboard_get_text(Clipboard
* this_
, ClipboardCallbackFunc callback
, void* user_data
) nothrow;
6306 void mx_clipboard_set_text(Clipboard
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6307 ComboBox
* mx_combo_box_new() nothrow;
6308 void mx_combo_box_append_text(ComboBox
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6309 char* mx_combo_box_get_active_icon_name(ComboBox
* this_
) nothrow;
6310 char* mx_combo_box_get_active_text(ComboBox
* this_
) nothrow;
6311 int mx_combo_box_get_index(ComboBox
* this_
) nothrow;
6312 void mx_combo_box_insert_text(ComboBox
* this_
, int position
, char* text
) nothrow;
6313 void mx_combo_box_insert_text_with_icon(ComboBox
* this_
, int position
, char* text
, char* icon
) nothrow;
6314 void mx_combo_box_prepend_text(ComboBox
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6315 void mx_combo_box_remove_all(ComboBox
* this_
) nothrow;
6316 void mx_combo_box_remove_text(ComboBox
* this_
, int position
) nothrow;
6317 void mx_combo_box_set_active_icon_name(ComboBox
* this_
, char* icon_name
=null) nothrow;
6318 void mx_combo_box_set_active_text(ComboBox
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6319 void mx_combo_box_set_index(ComboBox
* this_
, int index
) nothrow;
6320 DeformBowTie
* mx_deform_bow_tie_new() nothrow;
6321 int mx_deform_bow_tie_get_flip_back(DeformBowTie
* this_
) nothrow;
6322 double mx_deform_bow_tie_get_period(DeformBowTie
* this_
) nothrow;
6323 void mx_deform_bow_tie_set_flip_back(DeformBowTie
* this_
, int flip_back
) nothrow;
6324 void mx_deform_bow_tie_set_period(DeformBowTie
* this_
, double period
) nothrow;
6325 DeformPageTurn
* mx_deform_page_turn_new() nothrow;
6326 double mx_deform_page_turn_get_angle(DeformPageTurn
* this_
) nothrow;
6327 double mx_deform_page_turn_get_period(DeformPageTurn
* this_
) nothrow;
6328 double mx_deform_page_turn_get_radius(DeformPageTurn
* this_
) nothrow;
6329 void mx_deform_page_turn_set_angle(DeformPageTurn
* this_
, double angle
) nothrow;
6330 void mx_deform_page_turn_set_period(DeformPageTurn
* this_
, double period
) nothrow;
6331 void mx_deform_page_turn_set_radius(DeformPageTurn
* this_
, double radius
) nothrow;
6332 void mx_deform_texture_get_resolution(DeformTexture
* this_
, /*out*/ int* tiles_x
=null, /*out*/ int* tiles_y
=null) nothrow;
6333 void mx_deform_texture_get_textures(DeformTexture
* this_
, /*out*/ Clutter
.Texture
** front
=null, /*out*/ Clutter
.Texture
** back
=null) nothrow;
6334 void mx_deform_texture_invalidate(DeformTexture
* this_
) nothrow;
6335 void mx_deform_texture_set_resolution(DeformTexture
* this_
, int tiles_x
, int tiles_y
) nothrow;
6336 void mx_deform_texture_set_textures(DeformTexture
* this_
, Clutter
.Texture
* front
=null, Clutter
.Texture
* back
=null) nothrow;
6337 DeformWaves
* mx_deform_waves_new() nothrow;
6338 double mx_deform_waves_get_amplitude(DeformWaves
* this_
) nothrow;
6339 double mx_deform_waves_get_angle(DeformWaves
* this_
) nothrow;
6340 double mx_deform_waves_get_period(DeformWaves
* this_
) nothrow;
6341 double mx_deform_waves_get_radius(DeformWaves
* this_
) nothrow;
6342 void mx_deform_waves_set_amplitude(DeformWaves
* this_
, double amplitude
) nothrow;
6343 void mx_deform_waves_set_angle(DeformWaves
* this_
, double angle
) nothrow;
6344 void mx_deform_waves_set_period(DeformWaves
* this_
, double period
) nothrow;
6345 void mx_deform_waves_set_radius(DeformWaves
* this_
, double radius
) nothrow;
6346 Dialog
* mx_dialog_new() nothrow;
6347 void mx_dialog_add_action(Dialog
* this_
, Action
* action
) nothrow;
6348 GLib2
.List
* /*new container*/ mx_dialog_get_actions(Dialog
* this_
) nothrow;
6349 void mx_dialog_remove_action(Dialog
* this_
, Action
* action
) nothrow;
6350 void mx_dialog_set_transient_parent(Dialog
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6351 void mx_draggable_disable(Draggable
* this_
) nothrow;
6352 void mx_draggable_enable(Draggable
* this_
) nothrow;
6353 DragAxis
mx_draggable_get_axis(Draggable
* this_
) nothrow;
6354 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_draggable_get_drag_actor(Draggable
* this_
) nothrow;
6355 uint mx_draggable_get_drag_threshold(Draggable
* this_
) nothrow;
6356 int mx_draggable_is_enabled(Draggable
* this_
) nothrow;
6357 void mx_draggable_set_axis(Draggable
* this_
, DragAxis axis
) nothrow;
6358 void mx_draggable_set_drag_actor(Draggable
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6359 void mx_draggable_set_drag_threshold(Draggable
* this_
, uint threshold
) nothrow;
6360 int mx_droppable_accept_drop(Droppable
* this_
, Draggable
* draggable
) nothrow;
6361 void mx_droppable_disable(Droppable
* this_
) nothrow;
6362 void mx_droppable_enable(Droppable
* this_
) nothrow;
6363 int mx_droppable_is_enabled(Droppable
* this_
) nothrow;
6364 Entry
* mx_entry_new() nothrow;
6365 Entry
* mx_entry_new_with_text(char* text
) nothrow;
6366 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_entry_get_clutter_text(Entry
* this_
) nothrow;
6367 char* mx_entry_get_hint_text(Entry
* this_
) nothrow;
6368 char* mx_entry_get_icon_highlight_suffix(Entry
* this_
) nothrow;
6369 dchar mx_entry_get_password_char(Entry
* this_
) nothrow;
6370 char* mx_entry_get_text(Entry
* this_
) nothrow;
6371 void mx_entry_set_hint_text(Entry
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6372 void mx_entry_set_icon_highlight_suffix(Entry
* this_
, char* suffix
) nothrow;
6373 void mx_entry_set_password_char(Entry
* this_
, dchar password_char
) nothrow;
6374 void mx_entry_set_primary_icon_from_file(Entry
* this_
, char* filename
) nothrow;
6375 void mx_entry_set_primary_icon_tooltip_text(Entry
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6376 void mx_entry_set_secondary_icon_from_file(Entry
* this_
, char* filename
) nothrow;
6377 void mx_entry_set_secondary_icon_tooltip_text(Entry
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6378 void mx_entry_set_text(Entry
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6379 Expander
* mx_expander_new() nothrow;
6380 int mx_expander_get_expanded(Expander
* this_
) nothrow;
6381 void mx_expander_set_expanded(Expander
* this_
, int expanded
) nothrow;
6382 void mx_expander_set_label(Expander
* this_
, char* label
) nothrow;
6383 FadeEffect
* mx_fade_effect_new() nothrow;
6384 void mx_fade_effect_get_border(FadeEffect
* this_
, /*out*/ uint* top
, /*out*/ uint* right
, /*out*/ uint* bottom
, /*out*/ uint* left
) nothrow;
6385 void mx_fade_effect_get_bounds(FadeEffect
* this_
, /*out*/ int* x
, /*out*/ int* y
, /*out*/ uint* width
, /*out*/ uint* height
) nothrow;
6386 void mx_fade_effect_get_color(FadeEffect
* this_
, /*out*/ Clutter
.Color
* color
) nothrow;
6387 void mx_fade_effect_set_border(FadeEffect
* this_
, uint top
, uint right
, uint bottom
, uint left
) nothrow;
6388 void mx_fade_effect_set_bounds(FadeEffect
* this_
, int x
, int y
, uint width
, uint height
) nothrow;
6389 void mx_fade_effect_set_color(FadeEffect
* this_
, Clutter
.Color
* color
) nothrow;
6390 FocusManager
* mx_focus_manager_get_for_stage(Clutter
.Stage
* stage
) nothrow;
6391 Focusable
* mx_focus_manager_get_focused(FocusManager
* this_
) nothrow;
6392 Clutter
.Stage
* mx_focus_manager_get_stage(FocusManager
* this_
) nothrow;
6393 void mx_focus_manager_move_focus(FocusManager
* this_
, FocusDirection direction
) nothrow;
6394 void mx_focus_manager_push_focus(FocusManager
* this_
, Focusable
* focusable
) nothrow;
6395 void mx_focus_manager_push_focus_with_hint(FocusManager
* this_
, Focusable
* focusable
, FocusHint hint
) nothrow;
6396 Focusable
* mx_focusable_accept_focus(Focusable
* this_
, FocusHint hint
) nothrow;
6397 Focusable
* mx_focusable_move_focus(Focusable
* this_
, FocusDirection direction
, Focusable
* from
) nothrow;
6398 Frame
* mx_frame_new() nothrow;
6399 Grid
* mx_grid_new() nothrow;
6400 Align
mx_grid_get_child_x_align(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6401 Align
mx_grid_get_child_y_align(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6402 float mx_grid_get_column_spacing(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6403 int mx_grid_get_homogenous_columns(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6404 int mx_grid_get_homogenous_rows(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6405 int mx_grid_get_line_alignment(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6406 int mx_grid_get_max_stride(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6407 Orientation
mx_grid_get_orientation(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6408 float mx_grid_get_row_spacing(Grid
* this_
) nothrow;
6409 void mx_grid_set_child_x_align(Grid
* this_
, Align value
) nothrow;
6410 void mx_grid_set_child_y_align(Grid
* this_
, Align value
) nothrow;
6411 void mx_grid_set_column_spacing(Grid
* this_
, float value
) nothrow;
6412 void mx_grid_set_homogenous_columns(Grid
* this_
, int value
) nothrow;
6413 void mx_grid_set_homogenous_rows(Grid
* this_
, int value
) nothrow;
6414 void mx_grid_set_line_alignment(Grid
* this_
, Align value
) nothrow;
6415 void mx_grid_set_max_stride(Grid
* this_
, int value
) nothrow;
6416 void mx_grid_set_orientation(Grid
* this_
, Orientation orientation
) nothrow;
6417 void mx_grid_set_row_spacing(Grid
* this_
, float value
) nothrow;
6418 Icon
* mx_icon_new() nothrow;
6419 char* mx_icon_get_icon_name(Icon
* this_
) nothrow;
6420 int mx_icon_get_icon_size(Icon
* this_
) nothrow;
6421 void mx_icon_set_icon_name(Icon
* this_
, char* icon_name
) nothrow;
6422 void mx_icon_set_icon_size(Icon
* this_
, int size
) nothrow;
6423 IconTheme
* /*new*/ mx_icon_theme_new() nothrow;
6424 IconTheme
* mx_icon_theme_get_default() nothrow;
6425 GLib2
.List
* mx_icon_theme_get_search_paths(IconTheme
* this_
) nothrow;
6426 char* mx_icon_theme_get_theme_name(IconTheme
* this_
) nothrow;
6427 int mx_icon_theme_has_icon(IconTheme
* this_
, char* icon_name
) nothrow;
6428 Cogl
.Handle
mx_icon_theme_lookup(IconTheme
* this_
, char* icon_name
, int size
) nothrow;
6429 Clutter
.Texture
* mx_icon_theme_lookup_texture(IconTheme
* this_
, char* icon_name
, int size
) nothrow;
6430 void mx_icon_theme_set_search_paths(IconTheme
* this_
, GLib2
.List
* paths
) nothrow;
6431 void mx_icon_theme_set_theme_name(IconTheme
* this_
, char* theme_name
) nothrow;
6432 Image
* mx_image_new() nothrow;
6433 void mx_image_animate_scale_mode(Image
* this_
, c_ulong mode
, uint duration
, ImageScaleMode scale_mode
) nothrow;
6434 void mx_image_clear(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6435 int mx_image_get_allow_upscale(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6436 float mx_image_get_image_rotation(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6437 int mx_image_get_load_async(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6438 uint mx_image_get_scale_height_threshold(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6439 ImageScaleMode
mx_image_get_scale_mode(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6440 uint mx_image_get_scale_width_threshold(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6441 uint mx_image_get_transition_duration(Image
* this_
) nothrow;
6442 void mx_image_set_allow_upscale(Image
* this_
, int allow
) nothrow;
6443 int mx_image_set_from_buffer(Image
* this_
, ubyte* buffer
, size_t buffer_size
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify buffer_free_func
, GLib2
.Error
** error
) nothrow;
6444 int mx_image_set_from_buffer_at_size(Image
* this_
, ubyte* buffer
, size_t buffer_size
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify buffer_free_func
, int width
, int height
, GLib2
.Error
** error
) nothrow;
6445 int mx_image_set_from_cogl_texture(Image
* this_
, Cogl
.Handle texture
) nothrow;
6446 int mx_image_set_from_data(Image
* this_
, ubyte* data
, Cogl
.PixelFormat pixel_format
, int width
, int height
, int rowstride
, GLib2
.Error
** error
) nothrow;
6447 int mx_image_set_from_file(Image
* this_
, char* filename
, GLib2
.Error
** error
) nothrow;
6448 int mx_image_set_from_file_at_size(Image
* this_
, char* filename
, int width
, int height
, GLib2
.Error
** error
) nothrow;
6449 void mx_image_set_image_rotation(Image
* this_
, float rotation
) nothrow;
6450 void mx_image_set_load_async(Image
* this_
, int load_async
) nothrow;
6451 void mx_image_set_scale_height_threshold(Image
* this_
, uint pixels
) nothrow;
6452 void mx_image_set_scale_mode(Image
* this_
, ImageScaleMode mode
) nothrow;
6453 void mx_image_set_scale_width_threshold(Image
* this_
, uint pixels
) nothrow;
6454 void mx_image_set_transition_duration(Image
* this_
, uint duration
) nothrow;
6455 Clutter
.Actor
* /*new*/ mx_item_factory_create(ItemFactory
* this_
) nothrow;
6456 ItemView
* mx_item_view_new() nothrow;
6457 void mx_item_view_add_attribute(ItemView
* this_
, char* attribute
, int column
) nothrow;
6458 void mx_item_view_freeze(ItemView
* this_
) nothrow;
6459 ItemFactory
* mx_item_view_get_factory(ItemView
* this_
) nothrow;
6460 Type
mx_item_view_get_item_type(ItemView
* this_
) nothrow;
6461 Clutter
.Model
* mx_item_view_get_model(ItemView
* this_
) nothrow;
6462 void mx_item_view_set_factory(ItemView
* this_
, ItemFactory
* factory
=null) nothrow;
6463 void mx_item_view_set_item_type(ItemView
* this_
, Type item_type
) nothrow;
6464 void mx_item_view_set_model(ItemView
* this_
, Clutter
.Model
* model
) nothrow;
6465 void mx_item_view_thaw(ItemView
* this_
) nothrow;
6466 KineticScrollView
* mx_kinetic_scroll_view_new() nothrow;
6467 double mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_acceleration_factor(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6468 uint mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_clamp_duration(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6469 c_ulong
mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_clamp_mode(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6470 int mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_clamp_to_center(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6471 double mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_deceleration(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6472 uint mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_mouse_button(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6473 double mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_overshoot(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6474 ScrollPolicy
mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_scroll_policy(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6475 int mx_kinetic_scroll_view_get_use_captured(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6476 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_acceleration_factor(KineticScrollView
* this_
, double acceleration_factor
) nothrow;
6477 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_clamp_duration(KineticScrollView
* this_
, uint clamp_duration
) nothrow;
6478 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_clamp_mode(KineticScrollView
* this_
, c_ulong clamp_mode
) nothrow;
6479 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_clamp_to_center(KineticScrollView
* this_
, int clamp_to_center
) nothrow;
6480 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_deceleration(KineticScrollView
* this_
, double rate
) nothrow;
6481 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_mouse_button(KineticScrollView
* this_
, uint button
) nothrow;
6482 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_overshoot(KineticScrollView
* this_
, double overshoot
) nothrow;
6483 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_scroll_policy(KineticScrollView
* this_
, ScrollPolicy policy
) nothrow;
6484 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_set_use_captured(KineticScrollView
* this_
, int use_captured
) nothrow;
6485 void mx_kinetic_scroll_view_stop(KineticScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6486 Label
* mx_label_new() nothrow;
6487 Label
* mx_label_new_with_text(char* text
) nothrow;
6488 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_label_get_clutter_text(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6489 int mx_label_get_fade_out(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6490 int mx_label_get_line_wrap(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6491 int mx_label_get_show_tooltip(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6492 char* mx_label_get_text(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6493 int mx_label_get_use_markup(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6494 Align
mx_label_get_x_align(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6495 Align
mx_label_get_y_align(Label
* this_
) nothrow;
6496 void mx_label_set_fade_out(Label
* this_
, int fade
) nothrow;
6497 void mx_label_set_line_wrap(Label
* this_
, int line_wrap
) nothrow;
6498 void mx_label_set_show_tooltip(Label
* this_
, int show_tooltip
) nothrow;
6499 void mx_label_set_text(Label
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6500 void mx_label_set_use_markup(Label
* this_
, int use_markup
) nothrow;
6501 void mx_label_set_x_align(Label
* this_
, Align align_
) nothrow;
6502 void mx_label_set_y_align(Label
* this_
, Align align_
) nothrow;
6503 ListView
* mx_list_view_new() nothrow;
6504 void mx_list_view_add_attribute(ListView
* this_
, char* attribute
, int column
) nothrow;
6505 void mx_list_view_freeze(ListView
* this_
) nothrow;
6506 ItemFactory
* mx_list_view_get_factory(ListView
* this_
) nothrow;
6507 Type
mx_list_view_get_item_type(ListView
* this_
) nothrow;
6508 Clutter
.Model
* mx_list_view_get_model(ListView
* this_
) nothrow;
6509 void mx_list_view_set_factory(ListView
* this_
, ItemFactory
* factory
=null) nothrow;
6510 void mx_list_view_set_item_type(ListView
* this_
, Type item_type
) nothrow;
6511 void mx_list_view_set_model(ListView
* this_
, Clutter
.Model
* model
) nothrow;
6512 void mx_list_view_thaw(ListView
* this_
) nothrow;
6513 Menu
* mx_menu_new() nothrow;
6514 void mx_menu_add_action(Menu
* this_
, Action
* action
) nothrow;
6515 void mx_menu_remove_action(Menu
* this_
, Action
* action
) nothrow;
6516 void mx_menu_remove_all(Menu
* this_
) nothrow;
6517 void mx_menu_show_with_position(Menu
* this_
, float x
, float y
) nothrow;
6518 Notebook
* mx_notebook_new() nothrow;
6519 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_notebook_get_current_page(Notebook
* this_
) nothrow;
6520 int mx_notebook_get_enable_gestures(Notebook
* this_
) nothrow;
6521 void mx_notebook_next_page(Notebook
* this_
) nothrow;
6522 void mx_notebook_previous_page(Notebook
* this_
) nothrow;
6523 void mx_notebook_set_current_page(Notebook
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* page
) nothrow;
6524 void mx_notebook_set_enable_gestures(Notebook
* this_
, int enabled
) nothrow;
6525 Offscreen
* mx_offscreen_new() nothrow;
6526 int mx_offscreen_get_accumulation_enabled(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6527 Cogl
.Handle
mx_offscreen_get_accumulation_material(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6528 int mx_offscreen_get_auto_update(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6529 Cogl
.Handle
mx_offscreen_get_buffer(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6530 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_offscreen_get_child(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6531 int mx_offscreen_get_pick_child(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6532 int mx_offscreen_get_redirect_enabled(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6533 void mx_offscreen_set_accumulation_enabled(Offscreen
* this_
, int enable
) nothrow;
6534 void mx_offscreen_set_auto_update(Offscreen
* this_
, int auto_update
) nothrow;
6535 void mx_offscreen_set_child(Offscreen
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6536 void mx_offscreen_set_pick_child(Offscreen
* this_
, int pick
) nothrow;
6537 void mx_offscreen_set_redirect_enabled(Offscreen
* this_
, int enabled
) nothrow;
6538 void mx_offscreen_update(Offscreen
* this_
) nothrow;
6539 PathBar
* mx_path_bar_new() nothrow;
6540 void mx_path_bar_clear(PathBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6541 int mx_path_bar_get_clear_on_change(PathBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6542 int mx_path_bar_get_editable(PathBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6543 Entry
* mx_path_bar_get_entry(PathBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6544 char* mx_path_bar_get_label(PathBar
* this_
, int level
) nothrow;
6545 int mx_path_bar_get_level(PathBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6546 char* mx_path_bar_get_text(PathBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6547 int mx_path_bar_pop(PathBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6548 int mx_path_bar_push(PathBar
* this_
, char* name
) nothrow;
6549 void mx_path_bar_set_clear_on_change(PathBar
* this_
, int clear_on_change
) nothrow;
6550 void mx_path_bar_set_editable(PathBar
* this_
, int editable
) nothrow;
6551 void mx_path_bar_set_label(PathBar
* this_
, int level
, char* label
) nothrow;
6552 void mx_path_bar_set_text(PathBar
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6553 ProgressBar
* mx_progress_bar_new() nothrow;
6554 double mx_progress_bar_get_progress(ProgressBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6555 void mx_progress_bar_set_progress(ProgressBar
* this_
, double progress
) nothrow;
6556 ScrollBar
* mx_scroll_bar_new() nothrow;
6557 ScrollBar
* mx_scroll_bar_new_with_adjustment(Adjustment
* adjustment
) nothrow;
6558 Adjustment
* mx_scroll_bar_get_adjustment(ScrollBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6559 Orientation
mx_scroll_bar_get_orientation(ScrollBar
* this_
) nothrow;
6560 void mx_scroll_bar_set_adjustment(ScrollBar
* this_
, Adjustment
* adjustment
) nothrow;
6561 void mx_scroll_bar_set_orientation(ScrollBar
* this_
, Orientation orientation
) nothrow;
6562 ScrollView
* mx_scroll_view_new() nothrow;
6563 void mx_scroll_view_ensure_visible(ScrollView
* this_
, Clutter
.Geometry
* geometry
) nothrow;
6564 int mx_scroll_view_get_enable_gestures(ScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6565 int mx_scroll_view_get_enable_mouse_scrolling(ScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6566 ScrollPolicy
mx_scroll_view_get_scroll_policy(ScrollView
* this_
) nothrow;
6567 void mx_scroll_view_set_enable_gestures(ScrollView
* this_
, int enabled
) nothrow;
6568 void mx_scroll_view_set_enable_mouse_scrolling(ScrollView
* this_
, int enabled
) nothrow;
6569 void mx_scroll_view_set_scroll_policy(ScrollView
* this_
, ScrollPolicy policy
) nothrow;
6570 void mx_scrollable_get_adjustments(Scrollable
* this_
, /*out*/ Adjustment
** hadjustment
=null, /*out*/ Adjustment
** vadjustment
=null) nothrow;
6571 void mx_scrollable_set_adjustments(Scrollable
* this_
, Adjustment
* hadjustment
, Adjustment
* vadjustment
) nothrow;
6572 Settings
* mx_settings_get_default() nothrow;
6573 Slider
* mx_slider_new() nothrow;
6574 double mx_slider_get_buffer_value(Slider
* this_
) nothrow;
6575 double mx_slider_get_value(Slider
* this_
) nothrow;
6576 void mx_slider_set_buffer_value(Slider
* this_
, double value
) nothrow;
6577 void mx_slider_set_value(Slider
* this_
, double value
) nothrow;
6578 Spinner
* mx_spinner_new() nothrow;
6579 int mx_spinner_get_animating(Spinner
* this_
) nothrow;
6580 void mx_spinner_set_animating(Spinner
* this_
, int animating
) nothrow;
6581 Stack
* mx_stack_new() nothrow;
6582 int mx_stack_child_get_crop(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6583 int mx_stack_child_get_fit(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6584 Align
mx_stack_child_get_x_align(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6585 int mx_stack_child_get_x_fill(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6586 Align
mx_stack_child_get_y_align(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6587 int mx_stack_child_get_y_fill(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6588 void mx_stack_child_set_crop(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int crop
) nothrow;
6589 void mx_stack_child_set_fit(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int fit
) nothrow;
6590 void mx_stack_child_set_x_align(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, Align x_align
) nothrow;
6591 void mx_stack_child_set_x_fill(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int x_fill
) nothrow;
6592 void mx_stack_child_set_y_align(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, Align y_align
) nothrow;
6593 void mx_stack_child_set_y_fill(Stack
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int y_fill
) nothrow;
6594 void mx_stylable_apply_clutter_text_attributes(Stylable
* this_
, Clutter
.Text
* text
) nothrow;
6595 void mx_stylable_connect_change_notifiers(Stylable
* this_
) nothrow;
6596 GObject2
.ParamSpec
* mx_stylable_find_property(Stylable
* this_
, char* property_name
) nothrow;
6597 void mx_stylable_get(Stylable
* this_
, char* first_property_name
, ...) nothrow;
6598 int mx_stylable_get_default_value(Stylable
* this_
, char* property_name
, /*out*/ GObject2
.Value
* value_out
) nothrow;
6599 void mx_stylable_get_property(Stylable
* this_
, char* property_name
, /*out*/ GObject2
.Value
* value
) nothrow;
6600 Style
* mx_stylable_get_style(Stylable
* this_
) nothrow;
6601 char* mx_stylable_get_style_class(Stylable
* this_
) nothrow;
6602 char* mx_stylable_get_style_pseudo_class(Stylable
* this_
) nothrow;
6603 GObject2
.ParamSpec
** /*new container*/ mx_stylable_list_properties(Stylable
* this_
, /*out*/ uint* n_props
) nothrow;
6604 void mx_stylable_set_style(Stylable
* this_
, Style
* style
) nothrow;
6605 void mx_stylable_set_style_class(Stylable
* this_
, char* style_class
) nothrow;
6606 void mx_stylable_set_style_pseudo_class(Stylable
* this_
, char* pseudo_class
) nothrow;
6607 void mx_stylable_style_changed(Stylable
* this_
, StyleChangedFlags flags
) nothrow;
6608 void mx_stylable_style_pseudo_class_add(Stylable
* this_
, char* new_class
) nothrow;
6609 int mx_stylable_style_pseudo_class_contains(Stylable
* this_
, char* pseudo_class
) nothrow;
6610 void mx_stylable_style_pseudo_class_remove(Stylable
* this_
, char* remove_class
) nothrow;
6611 void mx_stylable_iface_install_property(StylableIface
* this_
, Type owner_type
, GObject2
.ParamSpec
* pspec
) nothrow;
6612 Style
* /*new*/ mx_style_new() nothrow;
6613 Style
* mx_style_get_default() nothrow;
6614 void mx_style_get(Style
* this_
, Stylable
* stylable
, char* first_property_name
, ...) nothrow;
6615 void mx_style_get_property(Style
* this_
, Stylable
* stylable
, GObject2
.ParamSpec
* pspec
, /*out*/ GObject2
.Value
* value
) nothrow;
6616 void mx_style_get_valist(Style
* this_
, Stylable
* stylable
, char* first_property_name
, va_list va_args
) nothrow;
6617 int mx_style_load_from_file(Style
* this_
, char* filename
, GLib2
.Error
** error
) nothrow;
6618 Table
* mx_table_new() nothrow;
6619 void mx_table_add_actor(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, int row
, int column
) nothrow;
6620 void mx_table_add_actor_with_properties(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
, int row
, int column
, char* first_property_name
, ...) nothrow;
6621 int mx_table_child_get_column(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6622 int mx_table_child_get_column_span(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6623 int mx_table_child_get_row(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6624 int mx_table_child_get_row_span(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6625 Align
mx_table_child_get_x_align(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6626 int mx_table_child_get_x_expand(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6627 int mx_table_child_get_x_fill(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6628 Align
mx_table_child_get_y_align(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6629 int mx_table_child_get_y_expand(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6630 int mx_table_child_get_y_fill(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
) nothrow;
6631 void mx_table_child_set_column(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int col
) nothrow;
6632 void mx_table_child_set_column_span(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int span
) nothrow;
6633 void mx_table_child_set_row(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int row
) nothrow;
6634 void mx_table_child_set_row_span(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int span
) nothrow;
6635 void mx_table_child_set_x_align(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, Align align_
) nothrow;
6636 void mx_table_child_set_x_expand(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int expand
) nothrow;
6637 void mx_table_child_set_x_fill(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int fill
) nothrow;
6638 void mx_table_child_set_y_align(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, Align align_
) nothrow;
6639 void mx_table_child_set_y_expand(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int expand
) nothrow;
6640 void mx_table_child_set_y_fill(Table
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* child
, int fill
) nothrow;
6641 int mx_table_get_column_count(Table
* this_
) nothrow;
6642 int mx_table_get_column_spacing(Table
* this_
) nothrow;
6643 int mx_table_get_row_count(Table
* this_
) nothrow;
6644 int mx_table_get_row_spacing(Table
* this_
) nothrow;
6645 void mx_table_set_column_spacing(Table
* this_
, int spacing
) nothrow;
6646 void mx_table_set_row_spacing(Table
* this_
, int spacing
) nothrow;
6647 TextureCache
* mx_texture_cache_get_default() nothrow;
6648 int mx_texture_cache_contains(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
) nothrow;
6649 int mx_texture_cache_contains_meta(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
, void* ident
) nothrow;
6650 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_texture_cache_get_actor(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
) nothrow;
6651 Cogl
.Handle
mx_texture_cache_get_cogl_texture(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
) nothrow;
6652 Cogl
.Handle
/*new*/ mx_texture_cache_get_meta_cogl_texture(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
, void* ident
) nothrow;
6653 Clutter
.Texture
* /*new*/ mx_texture_cache_get_meta_texture(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
, void* ident
) nothrow;
6654 int mx_texture_cache_get_size(TextureCache
* this_
) nothrow;
6655 Clutter
.Texture
* mx_texture_cache_get_texture(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
) nothrow;
6656 void mx_texture_cache_insert(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
, Cogl
.Handle
* texture
) nothrow;
6657 void mx_texture_cache_insert_meta(TextureCache
* this_
, char* uri
, void* ident
, Cogl
.Handle
* texture
, GLib2
.DestroyNotify destroy_func
) nothrow;
6658 void mx_texture_cache_load_cache(TextureCache
* this_
, char* filename
) nothrow;
6659 TextureFrame
* mx_texture_frame_new(Clutter
.Texture
* texture
, float top
, float right
, float bottom
, float left
) nothrow;
6660 void mx_texture_frame_get_border_values(TextureFrame
* this_
, float* top
, float* right
, float* bottom
, float* left
) nothrow;
6661 Clutter
.Texture
* mx_texture_frame_get_parent_texture(TextureFrame
* this_
) nothrow;
6662 void mx_texture_frame_set_border_values(TextureFrame
* this_
, float top
, float right
, float bottom
, float left
) nothrow;
6663 void mx_texture_frame_set_parent_texture(TextureFrame
* this_
, Clutter
.Texture
* texture
) nothrow;
6664 Toggle
* mx_toggle_new() nothrow;
6665 int mx_toggle_get_active(Toggle
* this_
) nothrow;
6666 void mx_toggle_set_active(Toggle
* this_
, int active
) nothrow;
6667 Toolbar
* mx_toolbar_new() nothrow;
6668 int mx_toolbar_get_has_close_button(Toolbar
* this_
) nothrow;
6669 void mx_toolbar_set_has_close_button(Toolbar
* this_
, int has_close_button
) nothrow;
6670 int mx_tooltip_is_in_browse_mode() nothrow;
6671 char* mx_tooltip_get_text(Tooltip
* this_
) nothrow;
6672 Clutter
.Geometry
* mx_tooltip_get_tip_area(Tooltip
* this_
) nothrow;
6673 void mx_tooltip_hide(Tooltip
* this_
) nothrow;
6674 void mx_tooltip_set_text(Tooltip
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6675 void mx_tooltip_set_tip_area(Tooltip
* this_
, Clutter
.Geometry
* area
) nothrow;
6676 void mx_tooltip_set_tip_area_from_actor(Tooltip
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6677 void mx_tooltip_show(Tooltip
* this_
) nothrow;
6678 Viewport
* mx_viewport_new() nothrow;
6679 void mx_viewport_get_origin(Viewport
* this_
, float* x
, float* y
, float* z
) nothrow;
6680 int mx_viewport_get_sync_adjustments(Viewport
* this_
) nothrow;
6681 void mx_viewport_set_origin(Viewport
* this_
, float x
, float y
, float z
) nothrow;
6682 void mx_viewport_set_sync_adjustments(Viewport
* this_
, int sync
) nothrow;
6683 void mx_widget_apply_style(Widget
* this_
, Style
* style
) nothrow;
6684 void mx_widget_get_available_area(Widget
* this_
, Clutter
.ActorBox
* allocation
, Clutter
.ActorBox
* area
) nothrow;
6685 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_widget_get_background_image(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6686 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_widget_get_border_image(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6687 int mx_widget_get_disabled(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6688 Menu
* mx_widget_get_menu(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6689 void mx_widget_get_padding(Widget
* this_
, Padding
* padding
) nothrow;
6690 uint mx_widget_get_tooltip_delay(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6691 char* mx_widget_get_tooltip_text(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6692 void mx_widget_hide_tooltip(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6693 void mx_widget_long_press_cancel(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6694 void mx_widget_long_press_query(Widget
* this_
, Clutter
.ButtonEvent
* event
) nothrow;
6695 void mx_widget_paint_background(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6696 void mx_widget_set_disabled(Widget
* this_
, int disabled
) nothrow;
6697 void mx_widget_set_menu(Widget
* this_
, Menu
* menu
) nothrow;
6698 void mx_widget_set_tooltip_delay(Widget
* this_
, uint delay
) nothrow;
6699 void mx_widget_set_tooltip_text(Widget
* this_
, char* text
) nothrow;
6700 void mx_widget_show_tooltip(Widget
* this_
) nothrow;
6701 Window
* /*new*/ mx_window_new() nothrow;
6702 Window
* /*new*/ mx_window_new_with_clutter_stage(Clutter
.Stage
* stage
) nothrow;
6703 Window
* mx_window_get_for_stage(Clutter
.Stage
* stage
) nothrow;
6704 Clutter
.Actor
* mx_window_get_child(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6705 Clutter
.Stage
* mx_window_get_clutter_stage(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6706 int mx_window_get_fullscreen(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6707 int mx_window_get_has_toolbar(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6708 char* mx_window_get_icon_name(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6709 int mx_window_get_small_screen(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6710 char* mx_window_get_title(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6711 Toolbar
* mx_window_get_toolbar(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6712 void mx_window_get_window_position(Window
* this_
, /*out*/ int* x
, /*out*/ int* y
) nothrow;
6713 WindowRotation
mx_window_get_window_rotation(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6714 void mx_window_get_window_size(Window
* this_
, /*out*/ int* width
, /*out*/ int* height
) nothrow;
6715 void mx_window_hide(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6716 void mx_window_present(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6717 void mx_window_set_child(Window
* this_
, Clutter
.Actor
* actor
) nothrow;
6718 void mx_window_set_fullscreen(Window
* this_
, int fullscreen
) nothrow;
6719 void mx_window_set_has_toolbar(Window
* this_
, int toolbar
) nothrow;
6720 void mx_window_set_icon_from_cogl_texture(Window
* this_
, Cogl
.Handle texture
) nothrow;
6721 void mx_window_set_icon_name(Window
* this_
, char* icon_name
=null) nothrow;
6722 void mx_window_set_small_screen(Window
* this_
, int small_screen
) nothrow;
6723 void mx_window_set_title(Window
* this_
, char* title
) nothrow;
6724 void mx_window_set_toolbar(Window
* this_
, Toolbar
* toolbar
) nothrow;
6725 void mx_window_set_window_position(Window
* this_
, int x
, int y
) nothrow;
6726 void mx_window_set_window_rotation(Window
* this_
, WindowRotation rotation
) nothrow;
6727 void mx_window_set_window_size(Window
* this_
, int width
, int height
) nothrow;
6728 void mx_window_show(Window
* this_
) nothrow;
6729 void mx_actor_box_clamp_to_pixels(Clutter
.ActorBox
* box
) nothrow;
6730 void mx_allocate_align_fill(Clutter
.Actor
* child
, Clutter
.ActorBox
* childbox
, Align x_alignment
, Align y_alignment
, int x_fill
, int y_fill
) nothrow;
6731 FocusHint
mx_focus_hint_from_direction(FocusDirection direction
) nothrow;
6732 void mx_font_weight_set_from_string(GObject2
.Value
* value
, char* str) nothrow;
6733 GLib2
.Quark
mx_image_error_quark() nothrow;
6734 void mx_set_locale() nothrow;
6735 char* /*new*/ mx_utils_format_time(GLib2
.TimeVal
* time_
) nothrow;